Skip to main content

Full text of "The indebtedness of Handel to works by other composers : a presentation of evidence"

See other formats


IO  WORKS  BY  OTHER  COMPOSERS 


SEDLEY 


Lcoo 


BRANCH 

CIRCULATING  LIBRARY 

"3~&      £  «u.. 

c^li^Tvvtl^    ,     lltl^  <XALLw/> 

/>4\  a^yO 

ill"'       V' 

?     \\     'WC    X^tM^VlA-^X^VOH 

/")        i  ( /  <T) 

o'  ^  / 

i>e^    vwtxt>o.ve'O. 

^x^vwvv^  ^tM  ZoJk 

otf          £  V    \ 

/M     ltv€--  A^vcixwuc^  rH"   tovt^vc 

l£  c^££^vl  Uv^  ^ 


\ 

w\.  avi\v  ^.V^VY  Avviit/tv'-J 


Cn;< 


Presented  to  the 

LIBRARY  of  the 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 

by 

ROBERT  FINCH 


THE     INDEBTEDNESS 
OF    HANDEL 

TO 

OTHER     COMPOSERS 


CAMBRIDGE   UNIVERSITY   PRESS  WAREHOUSE, 
C.   F.   CLAY,   MANAGER. 

:    FETTEK  LANE,   E.G. 
:  50,  WELLINGTON  STREET. 


ALSO 

ILontion:  AUGENER  AND  CO. 

iUipjig :  P.  A.  BROCKHAUS. 

^efa  gorfe:   G.  P.  PUTNAM'S  SONS. 

Bomhag  anti  Calcutta:  MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LTD. 


[All  Eights  reserved.] 


INDEBTEDNESS 


HAN  3E 


TO   WORKS    BY    OTHER    COMPOSERS 


A    PRESENTATION    OF    EVIDENCE 


BY 


SEDLEY   TAYLOR    M.A. 

FORMERLY     FELLOW    OF    TRINITY    COLLEGE,     CAMBRIDGE 


Cambridge 

at  the  University  Press 
1906 


f- 

Pages  i — xiii  and  189 — 196  have  been  printed  by 

JOHN    CLAY,    M.A.,    AT    THE    UNIVERSITY    PRESS,    CAMBRIDGE, 

and  pages  1 — 188  by 

AIRD    AND    COGHILL,    LTD.,    GLASGOW. 


iCT  •)>~  1922 


PREFACE. 

IN  the  following  pages  I  attempt  to  place  before  my  readers  sufficient 
materials    for   forming    an    independent    judgment    on    Handel's 
indebtedness  to  the  works  of  a  number  of  composers  who  were  his 
predecessors  or  contemporaries. 

The  task  of  singling  out  the  compositions  on  which  he  appears  to 
have  drawn  most  largely,  and  the  labour  of  publishing  them,  have  been 
already  performed,  principally  by  the  late  Dr  Friedrich  Chrysander, 
ably  followed  by  Dr  Max  Seiffert.  But  something,  I  thought,  still 
remained  to  be  done  in  the  presentation  of  this  pioneer-work,  before 
its  results  could  become  effectively  accessible  to  musicians  in  general. 

The  published  editions  of  "Handel-sources"  were,  indeed,  prefaced 
by  full  references  to  the  places  in  his  works  where  he  had  used 
specified  passages  from  them,  but  the  process  of  comparison  still 
necessitated  the  acquisition  of  half-a-dozen  such  volumes  and  of  a 
dozen  works  by  Handel,  followed  by  the  hunting-up  and  confronting  of 
the  corresponding  passages,  not  unfrequently  complicated  by  the  need 
of  transposition. 

Convinced  that  nothing  would  persuade  the  British  musical  public 
to  take  all  this  trouble,  I  determined  to  present  in  a  single  volume 
a  study  of  the  whole  subject,  based  on  a  selection  from  the  above- 
mentioned  materials,  doing  my  best  by  suitable  collocation  of  musical 
extracts,  aided,  wherever  requisite,  by  transposition,  to  render  the 
process  of  comparison  as  easy  as  possible. 


vi  PREFACE 

After  an  Introduction  which  sketches  the  history  of  opinion  as  to 
Handel's  originality,  five  chapters  are  occupied  in  proving  that  he 
borrowed  as  freely  from  the  compositions  of  other  masters  as  he  worked 
up  into  new  shapes  earlier  productions  of  his  own. 

In  chapters  vi  and  vn  a  full  presentation  is  made  of  the  processes 
by  which  older  materials  were  transformed — sometimes  really  trans- 
figured— into  large  portions  of  that  choral  masterpiece,  Israel  in  Egypt. 
The  contents  of  these  chapters  will,  I  venture  to  hope,  prove  of 
permanent  value  to  students  of  composition,  as  they  afford  a  close 
view  of  Handel  obtaining  some  of  his  mightiest  effects  by  methods  of 
the  most  unexpected  and  wonderful  character. 

The  concluding  chapter  contains  a  discussion  of  the  question 
whether  Handel  was  morally  justified  in  dealing  as  he  did  with 
works  by  other  composers. 

My  various  personal  obligations  are  acknowledged  in  the  sequel 
at  the  points  where  they  are  severally  incurred,  but  I  wish  here  to 
thank  the  Syndics  of  the  Fitzwilliam  Museum  in  this  University,  by 
whose  kindness  I  am  enabled  to  publish  extracts  from  the  Handel 
autographs  preserved  in  their  custody,  which  have  a  decisive  bearing 
on  the  subject  treated  in  this  volume. 

My  cordial  thanks  are  due  to  my  friend  Dr  Charles  Wood,  who 
read  the  work  in  manuscript  and  afforded  me  valuable  assistance 
during  its  passage  through  the  press. 


SEDLEY  TAYLOR. 


TRINITY  COLLEGE, 
CAMBRIDGE, 
July,  1906. 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 


PREFACE  (Pages  v,  vi). 
INTRODUCTION. 

Outline  of  history  of  opinion  as  to  Handel's  originality  :  Sir  John  Hawkins,  Mainwaring, 
William  Horsley,  Burney,  Crotch,  Chrysander,  Max  Sciffert.  Evidence  supplied  by  the 
Fitzwilliam  Handel  autographs Pages  ix— xiii 

CHAPTER   I. 

Comparison  of  passages  from  works  by  Handel  with  extracts  from  compositions  by 
Gottlieb  Muffat,  and  with  manuscript  copies  made  thence  bj*  Handel  .  .  .  1 — 14 

CHAPTER   II. 

Comparison  of  passages  from  Handel's  Jephtha  with  extracts  from  masses  by  Franz 
Johann  Habermann,  and  with  manuscript  copies  made  thence  by  Handel  .  .  15 — 27 

CHAPTER   III. 

Comparison  of  a  chorus  in  Handel's  Theodora  with  a  vocal  duet  by  Giovanni  Carlo 
Maria  Clari 28—30 

CHAPTER   IV. 

Comparison  of  two  choruses  in  Handel's  Trionfo  del  Tempo  with  two  choruses  in  a  work 
by  Karl  Heinrich  Graun,  and  with  manuscript  copies  of  them  made  by  Handel.  Miscellaneous 
examples  of  Handel's  use  of  this  work 31 — 35 

CHAPTER  V. 

Handel's  use  of  earlier  compositions  of  his  own.  Instances  of  this  in  the  case  of  some 
duets  set  to  secular  Italian  words  and  afterwards  developed  into  several  choruses,  and  one 
duet,  in  the  Messiah  .............  36 — 46 

CHAPTER  VI. 

Character  of   results   attained    by   Handel  when    making    use  of   pre-existing  materials. 
Israel  in   Egypt   affords   unique   opportunities    for    studying    these   results.      Comparison    of 
Part   I   of  that  oratorio   with   portions   of  a   serenata   by  Stradella,  an   organ-piece   by  Kerl 
and  four  earlier  compositions  of  Handel's  own    ........         47 — 89 

b 


viii  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   VII. 

Comparison   of  Part   II   of  Israel  in  Egypt   with   a   Latin   Magnificat,  the  authorship  of 

which  is  disputed,  and  with  a  passage  from  a  Latin  Te  Deum  by  Urio  .         .         .  90 — 163 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

Discussion  of  the  question  whether  Handel's  mode  of  dealing  with  compositions  by  other 

Masters  was  morally  justifiable 164 — 188 

APPENDIX  : 

List  of  works  by  Handel  quoted  from  in  this  volume          .....  191 

List  of  Composers,  instances  of  the  use  of  whose  works  by  Handel  are  quoted 

in  this  volume    .............  192 

List  of  Examples 193—194 

INDEX  195—196 


INTRODUCTION. 


OUTLINE  OF   HISTORY  OF  OPINION   AS  TO   HANDEL'S  ORIGINALITY:  SIR  JOHN 


ERRATA. 

Page   31,  line  1,  for  'six'  read  'sixteen'. 

O  *  ' 

Page  76:    the  statement  prefixed  to  Example  31   refers  to  Kerl's  fugue,   not 
to  Handel's  chorus. 

Page  84,  line  12,  for  "1820"  read  "1720". 

Page  179,  note1,  for  "To  dust  his  glory"  read  "Ere  to  dust". 

Page   186,  line  28,  for  "  hoth "  read   "both". 


versant  with  his  works  will  be  inclined  to  believe,  viz.  that  his  style  was 
original  and  self-formed :  and  were  evidence  of  the  fact  wanting,  it  is  capable 
of  proof  by  his  own  testimony,  for  in  a  conversation  with  a  very  intelligent 
person  now  living,  on  the  course  of  his  studies,  Mr  Handel  declared  that, 
after  he  became  master  of  the  rudiments  of  his  art,  he  forbore  to  study 
the  works  of  others,  and  ever  made  it  a  rule  to  follow  the  suggestions  of 
his  own  fancy."2 

I  adduce  this  statement  solely  in  order  to  show  that  during,  and  for  some 
years  after,  Handel's  life-time  no  whisper  of  his  being  a  plagiarist  had  reached 
a  man  so  well  situated  for  hearing  it  as  was  Sir  John  Hawkins.  That  Handel, 
after  reaching  maturity,  forbore  to  study  the  works  of  other  composers,  admits, 
as  will  be  seen  later,  of  such  decisive  refutation  that  I  cannot  believe  him 
to  have  asserted  it,  and  prefer  to  attribute  to  Hawkins  the  acceptance  of 
incorrect  information  from  his  anonymous  source. 

1  Article  'Handel,'  written  by  the  late  Mr  F.  Hueffer,  1880. 

2  History  of  Music,  vol.  v.  p.  412. 


viii  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   VII. 

Comparison   of   Part    II   of  Israel  in  Egypt   with   a    Latin    Magnificat,  the   authorship   of 
which  is  disputed,  and  with  a  passage  from  a  Latin  Te  Deum  by  Urio  .         .         .       90 — 163 

CHAPTER   VIII. 

Discussion  of  the  question  whether  Handel's  mode  of  dealing  with  compositions  by  other 
Masters  was  morally  justifiable 164 — 188 

APPENDIX  : 

List  of  works  by  Handel  quoted  from  in  this  volume          .....  191 

List  of  Composers,  instances  of  the  use  of  whose  works  hv  TLmHpl  m-o  n^^^A 


INTRODUCTION. 

OUTLINE  OF  HISTORY  OF  OPINION  AS  TO  HANDEL'S  ORIGINALITY  :  SIR  JOHN 
HAWKINS,  MAINWARING,  WILLIAM  HORSLEY,  BURNEY,  CROTCH,  CHRYSANDER, 
MAX  SEIFFERT.  EVIDENCE  SUPPLIED  BY  THE  FITZWILLIAM  HANDEL  AUTO- 
GRAPHS. 

HANDEL'S    mode  of  turning   to  account   the   works  of  other  composers   is 

characterised  by  a  writer  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  in  the  following 
uncompromising  terms : 

"  The  system  of  wholesale  plagiarism  carried  on  by  him  is  perhaps  un- 
precedented in  the  history  of  music.  He  pilfered  not  only  single  melodies  but 
frequently  entire  movements  from  the  works  of  other  masters,  with  few  or  no 
alterations  and  without  a  word  of  acknowledgment."1 

With  this  it  is  instructive  to  compare  an  equally  sweeping,  but  diametrically 
opposite,  assertion  on  the  same  topic  made  by  Sir  John  Hawkins  about 
seventeen  years  after  Handel's  death  : 

"  Arid  here  it  may  not  be  impertinent  to  observe,  what  every  person  con- 
versant with  his  works  will  be  inclined  to  believe,  viz.  that  his  style  was 
original  and  self-formed :  and  were  evidence  of  the  fact  wanting,  it  is  capable 
of  proof  by  his  own  testimony,  for  in  a  conversation  with  a  very  intelligent 
person  now  living,  on  the  course  of  his  studies,  Mr  Handel  declared  that, 
after  he  became  master  of  the  rudiments  of  his  art,  he  forbore  to  study 
the  works  of  others,  and  ever  made  it  a  rule  to  follow  the  suggestions  of 
his  own  fancy."2 

I  adduce  this  statement  solely  in  order  to  show  that  during,  and  for  some 
years  after,  Handel's  life-time  no  whisper  of  his  being  a  plagiarist  had  reached 
a  man  so  well  situated  for  hearing  it  as  was  Sir  John  Hawkins.  That  Handel, 
after  reaching  maturity,  forbore  to  study  the  works  of  other  composers,  admits, 
as  will  be  seen  later,  of  such  decisive  refutation  that  I  cannot  believe  him 
to  have  asserted  it,  and  prefer  to  attribute  to  Hawkins  the  acceptance  of 
incorrect  information  from  his  anonymous  source. 

1  Article  '  Handel,'  written  by  the  late  Mr  F.  Hueffer,  1880. 

2  History  of  Music,  vol.  v.  p.  412. 


x  INTRODUCTION 

Handel's  earliest  biographer,  Mainwaring,  also  lays  stress  on  his  originality 
as  a  composer,  describing  "  that  grandeur  of  conception  which  predominates 
in  his  choruses "  as  "  coming  purely  from  Nature,"  and  saying  that  "  in  his 
fugues  and  overtures  he  is  quite  original "  and  that  "  the  style  of  them  is 
peculiar  to  himself  and  no  way  like  that  of  any  Master  before  him." 1 

It  is  interesting  to  hear  the  distinguished  composer  of  the  beautiful  glee 
"  By  Celia's  Arbour,"  William  Horsley,  taking,  half-a-century  later,  the  same 
ground  with  even  greater  emphasis  : 

"  If  ever  there  existed  a  musician  who  could  lay  just  claim  to  originality, 
that  man  was  Handel.  He  drew  all  his  stores  from  Nature  and  from  the 
force  of  his  own  genius  and  was  indebted  to  no  one  either  for  his  style  or 
his  thoughts.  He  could  not  bend  his  talents  to  think  after  anybody  else ; 
conscious  of  the  strength  of  his  own  powers,  he  disdained  imitation,  and 
trusted  confidently  to  them  alone.  His  music  therefore  is,  properly  speaking, 
his  own "2 

This  judgment  fairly  represents,  I  think,  the  practically  axiomatic  belief  in 
Handel's  originality  entertained  by  the  bulk  of  English  musicians  until  quite 
recent  times. 

A  very  different  opinion  had  meantime  been  gradually  forming  itself,  the 
progress  of  which  shall  next  be  traced. 

Burney,  in  the  preface  to  his  "  Account  of  the  Musical  Performances  in 
Westminster  Abbey  and  the  Pantheon  in  commemoration  of  Handel,"3  which 
took  place  in  1784,  says  something  which  may  imply  that,  a  quarter  of  a 
century  after  Handel's  death,  a  tendency  to  question  his  absolute  originality 
had  begun  to  make  itself  heard.  Writing  in  the  following  year  (1785),  Burney 
remarks  : 

"I  know  it  has  been  said  that  Handel  was  not  the  original  and  immediate 
inventor  of  several  species  of  Music  for  which  his  name  has  been  celebrated, 
but  with  respect  to  originality  it  is  a  term  to  which  proper  limits  should  be 
set  before  it  is  applied  to  the  productions  of  any  artist."  He  goes  on  to 
explain  that  "  The  scale,  harmony  and  cadence  of  Music  being  settled,  it  is 
impossible  for  any  composer  to  invent  a  genus  of  composition  that  is  wholly 
and  rigorously  new,  any  more  than  for  a  poet  to  form  a  language,  idiom  and 
phraseology  for  himself."4  Whether  the  objections  which  Burney  had  in  view 
here  were  of  such  a  kind  as  could  be  fairly  met  by  these  somewhat  plati- 
tudinous considerations  we  are  left  uninformed.  Some  twenty  years  later, 

1  "Memoirs,"  London,  1760,  pp.  192  and  202. 

2  This  passage  is  taken  from  an  article  in  the  Quarterly  Musical  Review  for  1818,  p.  282.     The 
article  is  unsigned,  but  in  my  copy  of  the  volume  containing  it,  which  belonged  to  my  grandfather, 
Richard   Mackenzie  Bacon,  who   was   then   Editor   of  that  periodical,   it  is  headed   in   manuscript 
"W.  Horsley,  Esq." 

3  London,  1785.  *  preface,  p.  39. 


INTRODUCTION  xi 

however,  the  charge  of  plagiarism  was  formulated  against  Handel  with  the 
utmost  directness  by  no  less  a  person  than  Samuel  Wesley,  one  of  the  best 
organ-players  of  his  time,  author  of  that  admirable  8-part  motet,  "In  exitu 
Israel,"  and  father  of  the  still  more  celebrated  composer,  Samuel  Sebastian 
Wesley.  In  a  letter  to  his  friend  Jacob,  dated  Oct.  19,  1808,  he  wrote  as 
follows : 

"Salomon  has  said  truly  and  shrewdly  enough,  that  the  P]nglish  know  very 
little  of  the  Works  of  the  German  Masters,  Handel  excepted,  who  (as  he 
observes)  came  over  hither  when  there  was  a  great  dearth  of  good  Musick, 
and  here  he  remained  (these  are  his  words)  establishing  a  Reputation  wholly 
constituted  upon  the  spoils  of  the  Continent.  This  would  nettle  the  Handelians 
desperately,  however  it  is  the  strict  truth,  for  we  all  know  how  he  has 
pilfered  from  all  manner  of  Authors  whence  he  could  filch  anything  like  a 
thought  worth  embodying."1 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that,  if  Handel  had  committed  such  depredations  on 
Continental  compositions,  the  celebrated  German  violinist  Salomon  (1745-1815) 
was  exceptionally  qualified,  by  varied  experience  on  the  Continent  and  long 
residence  in  England,  to  detect  and  expose  them.  But,  whatever  was  the  source 
whence  Wesley  derived  his  information,  he  evidently  claims  for  himself,  his 
correspondent  and  their  associates,  a  direct  knowledge  of  the  "  pilferings "  and 
"  filchings  "  here  attributed  to  Handel. 

In  1831  the  names  of  twenty-nine  composers,  whose  works  he  asserted  to  have 
been  laid  under  contribution  by  Handel,  were  published  by  Dr  William  Crotch, 
then  Professor  of  Music  in  the  University  of  Oxford : 

"  Handel  quoted  or  copied  the  works  of  Josquin  de  Prez,  Palestrina,  Turini, 
Carissimi,  Calvisius,  Uria2  (sic),  Corelli,  Alessandro  and  Domenico  Scarlatti, 
Sebastian  Bach,  Purcell,  Locke,  Caldara,  Colonna,  Clari,  Cesti,  Kerl,  Habermann, 
Muffat,  Kuhnau,  Telemann,  Graun,  Mondeville,  Porta,  Pergolesi,  Vinci,  Astorga, 
Bononcini,  Hasse,  etc." 3 

Further,  in  his  published  adaptations  of  Handel's  works  for  the  organ  or 
pianoforte,  and  in  some  manuscript  notes  of  his  preserved  in  the  Library  of  the 
British  Museum,  Crotch  proceeded  to  allege  details  by  giving  lists  of  passages  in 
Handel's  works  which  he  asserted  to  have  been  borrowed  from,  or  modelled  on, 
specified  compositions  by  other  masters.  To  these  I  shall  have  occasion  to  recur 
when  we  come  directly  to  compare  portions  of  Handel's  works  with  the  passages 
from  compositions  by  other  masters  from  which  they  are  asserted  to  have  been 

1  Letters   of   Samuel   Wesley   to   Mr   Jacob   edited   by  his  daughter.     London  :   Partridge  &  Co. 
1875.     p.  9. 

2  Should  be  Urio. 

3  "  Substance  of  several  courses  of  Lectures  on  Music."     London  :  Longman  and  others.     1831. 
Note  on  p.  122. 


xii  INTRODUCTION 

derived.  To  do  this  in  Crotch's  time  was  possible  only  to  erudite  and  exceptionally 
well  situated  musicians  like  himself,  the  works  from  which  Handel  was  alleged  to 
have  borrowed  being  then  for  the  most  part  unpublished  and  practically  inaccessible. 

This  state  of  things  lasted  for  more  than  another  half-century  until  Dr 
Fried  rich  Chrysander,  well  known  as  the  learned  biographer  of  Handel  and  as  the 
Editor  of  the  great  German  edition  of  his  works,  brought  out,  as  "Supplements"  to 
that  edition,  between  the  years  1888  and  1892,  a  series  of  five  volumes  containing 
compositions  to  which,  in  his  opinion,  Handel  was  principally  indebted. 

These  compositions,  arranged  in  the  order  of  their  publication,  are  :  1.  Erba's 
Magnificat.  2.  Urio's  Te  Deum.  3.  A  Serenata  by  Stradella.  4.  A  collection  of 
duets  by  Clari.  5.  Gottlieb  Muffat's  harpsichord  pieces  entitled  "  Componimenti 
Musicali."  To  these  must  now  be  added  an  edition  of  Reiser's  opera  'Octavia' 
which  was  left  in  a  complete  state  by  Dr  Chrysander  at  his  death,  in  1901, 
and  has  since  been  published  under  the  care  of  his  literary  executor,  Dr  Max 
Sciffert,  as  No.  6  of  the  Handel  "Supplements."  Each  of  these  volumes,  with  the 
exception  of  No.  2,  contains  a  preface  enumerating  the  passages  in  Handel's  works 
where  the  composition  in  hand  has  been  drawn  upon.  An  edition  of  four  oratorios 
by  Carissimi,  from  whom  Handel  also  borrowed,  had  been  published  by  Chrysander 
at  an  earlier  date,  independently  of  the  Handel  Society  and  without  any  reference 
to  the  use  which  Handel  had  made  of  them. 

In  1903  Dr  Seiffert  effected  an  important  advance  in  an  article1  on  Franz 
Johann  Habermann  containing  large  extracts  from  masses  by  that  composer, 
together  with  precise  indications  of  the  places  where,  and  the  extent  to  which, 
Handel  had  used  them.  Dr  Seiffert  is  careful  to  explain  that  it  was  Chrysander's 
intention,  if  his  life  were  prolonged,  to  prepare  an  edition  of  Habermann's  masses 
to  form  the  next  number  in  his  series  of  Handel  "Supplements."  Lastly,  in  1905, 
Dr  Seiffert  published'2  the  collected  works  of  Friedrich  Wilhelrn  Zachow3,  organist 
at  Halle,  and  the  only  teacher  in  executive  music  and  composition  that  Handel 
ever  had. 

These  works  show  very  few  traces  of  creative  power,  which  perhaps  explains 
why  Handel  seems  to  have  borrowed  next  to  nothing  from  them.  But  they 
constitute  evidence  that  Zachow  had  an  easy  control  over  the  forms  of  composition 
with  which  a  choirmaster  in  an  important  North  German  church  at  the  end  of 
the  seventeenth  century  had  to  deal,  and  that  he  was  accordingly  well  fitted 
to  lay  a  durable  foundation  for  his  great  pupil's  future  superstructure. 

In  enquiring  what  is  actually  proved  by  the  valuable  published  matter 
cursorily  described  above,  we  shall  be  materially  assisted  by  evidence  contained 
in  the  collection  of  Handel  autograph  manuscripts  preserved  in  the  Fitzwilliam 
Museum  of  the  University  of  Cambridge. 

1  Published  in  the  Kirchenmusikalisches  Jahrbuch,  Eegensburg  :   Pustel,  1903,  pp.  81 — 04. 

2  In  the  Denkmciler  Deutscher  Tonkunst. 

3  Or,  as  his  name  has  hitherto  been  spelt,  Zacliau. 


INTRODUCTION  xiii 

A  number  of  its  pages  contain  movements — some  complete,  some  incomplete, 
some  consisting  of  mere  fragmentary  scraps  a  few  bars  long — which  used  to  be 
regarded  as  compositions,  or  sketches  for  compositions,  of  Handel's  own,  but  have 
now  been  in  numerous  cases  identified  as  extracts  made  by  him  from  works  by 
other  composers,  not  a  few  of  which  have  analogues  in  his  published  writings. 
Where,  in  such  instances,  a  question  of  priority  arises,  evidence  that  one  of  the 
parties  knew,  and  copied  from,  the  work  of  the  other  is  obviously  of  great  weight. 
We  shall  in  the  sequel  come  across  several  instances  in  which  decisive  evidence 
of  this  kind  is  supplied  by  the  Fitzwilliam  autographs. 

We  will  now  proceed  to  a  detailed  comparison  between  portions  of  Handel's 
works,  and  passages  in  those  of  other  composers  from  which  they  are  asserted 
to  have  been — with  greatly  varying  degrees  of  alteration,  curtailment  and 
addition — directly  taken.  The  number  and  extent  of  the  instances  where 
this  is  alleged  are  so  very  considerable,  that  to  apply  such  a  comparison  to 
anything  like  all  of  them  would  entail  a  process  of  huge  length  and  portentous 
wearisomeness.  Selected  cases  are,  therefore,  all  that  can  be  dealt  with  here, 
and  these  will  be  grouped  under  the  names  of  the  several  composers  from  whose 
works  the  appropriations  are  alleged  to  have  been  made. 

When  the  printing  of  this  volume  was  already  in  its  final  stage,  an  accident 
recalled  my  attention  to  certain  arguments  published,  in  a  letter  to  the  Musical 
Times1,  by  Mr  P.  Robinson,  of  Manchester,  supporting  the  view  that  Handel  may 
have  composed  not  only  the  Magnificat  attributed  by  Chrysander  to  Erba,  but  also 
the  Te  Deum  and  the  Serenata  ascribed  by  him  to  Urio  and  Stradella  respectively. 
I  read  that  letter  at  the  time  of  its  appearance,  but  afterwards,  to  my  regret, 
allowed  its  contents,  which  ought  to  have  been  noticed  in  the  sequel,  to  escape  my 
memory  while  I  was  engaged  on  the  present  work.  All,  therefore,  that  I  can  now 
do  is  to  refer  my  readers  to  Mr  Robinson's  letter,  leaving  to  further  research  the 
task  of  investigating  the  issues  which  he  has  raised  in  it. 

1  December,  1905. 


CHAPTER   I. 

COMPABISON  OF  PASSAGES  FROM  WORKS  BY  HANDEL  WITH  EXTRACTS  FROM 
COMPOSITIONS  BY  GOTTLIEB  MUFFAT,  AND  WITH  MANUSCRIPT  COPIES  MADE 
THENCE  BY  HANDEL. 


MUFFAT  (1690-1770),  of  Vienna,  was  one  of  the  best  composers 
of  his  time  for  the  harpsichord.  His  chief  work,  entitled  "  Componimenti 
Musicali  per  il  Cembalo"  is  a  collection  of  overtures,  fugues,  fantasias  etc.,  and 
of  movements  in  dance-forms,  minuets,  rigaudons,  sarahandes,  gigues  and  the  like. 
The  resemblances  between  eighteen  of  these  and  passages  in  Handel's  works  which 
have  been  specified  by  Chrysander  are  of  such  a  kind  as  to  make  it  manifest  either 
that  Handel  copied  from  Muffat  or  Muffat  from  Handel.  We  have,  therefore,  to 
decide  between  these  alternatives.  Unfortunately  the  date  at  which  Muffat's 
'  Componimenti  '  were  published  is  so  uncertain  that  it  cannot  be  relied  on  as  an 
element  of  comparison.  The  late  Heir  C.  F.  Pohl,  in  an  article  on  Muffat  in 
Grove's  Dictionary  of  Music,1  stated  that  the  work  in  question  was  published  at 
Vienna  in  1727,  and  he  made  a  memorandum  to  that  effect  in  a  copy  of  the 
'  Componimenti  '  in  the  Library  of  the  Gesellschaft  der  Musikfreunde  at  Vienna, 
of  which  he  was  then  Librarian.2  Oh  the  other  hand  Chrysander  in  his  edition  of 
the  '  Componim,enti  '  reproduces  the  original  title-page  which  states  that  the  work 
was  printed  at  Augsburg,  but  bears  no  date.  In  the  German8  preface  Muftat 
describes  his  good  fortune  in  having  met  with  his  famous  "engraver  and  publisher" 
("  Kupferstecher  und  Verleger  ")  who  had  produced  ("  verfertiget  ")  the  work  to 
his  entire  satisfaction.  According  to  this  evidence,  therefore,  the  '  Componimenti  ' 
were  printed  and  published  at  Augsburg,  not  at  Vienna  as  stated  by  Pohl.  The 
fact  that  the  date  is  wanting  on  the  original  title-page  affords,  of  course,  no  proof 
that  Pohl  did  not  possess  some  independent  evidence  capable  of  establishing  it. 
For  us,  however,  the  date  which  he  assigns,  1727,  rests  on  his  assertion  only. 
Chrysander,  on  conjectural  grounds,  considered  the  work  to  have  been  published 
"  about  the  year  1735,"  4  but,  as  this  view  depends  on  the  assumption  that  "  Handel 
had  the  '  Componimenti'  in  his  hand  in  1739  or  perhaps  a  year  earlier,"5  no  weight 
can,  without  circular  reasoning,  be  assigned  to  it  at  the  present  stage  of  our 
enquiry. 

1  First  edition. 

2  This  fact  was  kindly  communicated  to  me  by  Dr.  Mandyczewski,  the  present  librarian  of  the 
Gftsellxchaft,  who  added  that  he  was  unable  to  ascertain  on  what  ground  Pohl,  who  was  generally  very 
accurate  in  statement,  based  his  fixation  of  the  date  and  place  of  publication  of  Muffat's  work, 

3  The   preface  appears  also  in   Italian,  but  in  the  corresponding  passage  mentions  the  printer 
("•  Impressore")  only.  4  Preface  to  his  edition  of  Muffat's  'Componimenti.'  *  Ibidem. 

B 


HANDEL    AUTOGRAPHS 


So  far,  then,  the  external  evidence  is  inconclusive,  but  an  appeal  to  that 
supplied  by  the  Fitzwilliam  Handel  autographs  will  prove  much  more  fruitful. 
These  contain  certain  disjointed  musical  scraps,  of  from  3  to  5  bars  each,  which  so 
experienced  a  Handelian  scholar  as  Pr.  A.  H.  Mann  has  not  been  able  to  recognize 
as  appearing  anywhere  in  Handel's  published  works,  but  which  he  and  I  between 
us  have  identified  as  agreeing  in  minute  detail  with  passages  in  Muffat's 
'  Componimenti.'  This  renders  it  very  improbable  that  Muff  at  took  these  passages 
from  any  Handelian  source,  as  he  certainly  had  no  access  to  Handel's  private 
note-books;  and  therefore  establishes  a  strong  probability  that  Handel  copied 
them  from  Muffat's  published  volume.  A  detailed  comparison  between  the 
forms  in  which  these  passages  are  presented  in  the  note-books  and  in  the 
'  Componimenti '  will,  I  think,  make  it  clear  that  Handel  was  here  the  copyist. 
To  this  comparison  we  now  proceed. 

Ex.1. 


Handel. 
F.W.  Auto- 
graphs. 
(12,  p.  62.) 
Staves  8  &  (I 


Muff  at. 

Prelude. 

p.  27. 
bars  3 -7. 


HANDEL    AUTOGRAPHS 


The  occurrence  in  Handel's  version  of  only  one  tie  (bar  3)  as  against  six  in 
Mulfat  (bars  3  and  4«)  is  an  indication  that  Handel  is  here  copying,  not  composing. 
The  absence  of  a  flat  before  E  (H.  bar  4,  Bass,  first  note)  shows  that  a  tie  should 
have  been  inserted  as  in  Muffat.  In  the  same  bar  the  second  B  ou^ht  to  have 

O 

a  flat  before  it  as  in  Muffat.     The  absence  of  a  flat  before  E  (H.  bar  2,  Treble) 
and  of  a  !  natural '  before  the  second  F  (H.  bar  3,  Bass)  tells  the  same  tale. 


Ex.2. 


Handel. 
F.W.  Auto- 
graphs. 
(12.  p.  62.) 
lines  fi&  7. 
(Upper  stave 
transcribed 
from  Sopr. 


Mui'fat. 
Allemandt 

Part  I. 

bars  1  -7 

p.O. 


At  the  beginning  of  Handel's  autograph  here  he  has  first  written  in  the 
Treble  clef  and  then  crossed  it  out  and  replaced  it  by  the  Soprano  clef,  which 
was  doubtless  that  used  in  Muffat's  original  edition.  The  upper  stave  in  the 
autograph  opens  thus 


,  which  is  equivalent  to 


4  HANDEL    AUTOGRAPHS 

and  not  consistent  with  the  Bass.  I  conjecture  that  Handel  made  the  change 
of  clef  after  he  had  written  in  the  opening  chord,  and  forgot  to  alter  it 
correspondingly  when  he  replaced  the  Treble  by  the  Soprano  clef  in  which 
therefore  it  reads  as  the  chord  of  E  minor  instead  of  as  that  of  G  major. 

Immediately  after  Handel's  "  etc."  comes  a  further  fragment  corresponding  to 
a  passage  in  Part  II.  of  the  same  Allemande  by  Muffat,  the  Treble  clef  being  this 
time  used  by  HandeL 


Ex.  3. 


H.Ib 


HANDEL    AUTOGRAPHS  5 

Here  the  difference  of  barring  makes  Handel's  version  much  the  better  of  the 
two.  We  cannot  suppose  that  Muffat  had  it  before  him  and  deliberately  worsened 
its  vigorous  accentuation,  and  therefore  must  here  see  Handel  copying  from 
Muffat  and  improving  on  him  while  doing  go. 


Ex.4. 


Handel. 

/  n 

i  1  •  j  -j  1 

1  1  

P  "W    A  11  tn 

~r   —  f  

'  —  tr~iii  ^  



Jr     \^        ^^ 

U      'V 

V_/             \    9.       ^       m 

ff  IP—       i^— 

•?      •     ii« 

graphs. 
:l2.p.62.i 

lines  1  &2. 
Sopr.  clef 

U     2*  » 
*7    tf     7 
*    4 

O» 

^  Nf 

used  in 

fc)'(; 

.  1  !  ;  i  

~^*  —  9  —  7-  

the  MS. 

'    "       ft*       « 

j*               ' 

(           ' 

!              ' 

r        ft                      ' 

IV                M  ^              ^ 

f?*5   «  /     A        '               t 

fzz3 

9      it*     ^        ^ 

B     ff~       ^F    ri  A 

2 

•      ff    ~^f—    ~^f— 

HS^    f    5J 

Muffat. 
Ouverture. 
p.  107. 

,           *      ^. 

+     +      * 

•0-  •»•  ' 
+  *     *    * 

"  f    f     i 
*     *      * 

fM           £3, 

{^i   ,_ 

\j\    \  \%  — 

"  t  <    ^ 

\           g  

25 

7*     •        £i        A 

^       ^       X 

«?^ 
^     x            *        + 

V»  V 

Handel's  version  here  looks  on  the  face  of  it  anything  but  like  a  bit  of 
original  composition.  It  begins  with  a  chord  in  four  parts  followed  by  another 
in  three,  both  provided  with  Thorough-Bass  figuring  from  which  we  learn  nothing 
but  what  the  chords  themselves  tell  us.  Next  come  five  notes  of  Treble  and 
Bass  only,  with  incomplete  figuring,  then  six  unfigured  chords  in  Sve  parts  and 
one  in  four.  Bars  3  and  4  show  wrong  notes,  A  and  A  fr  appearing  in  one  and 
the  same  chord  in  Bar  3,  and  B  and  B  ?  in  bar  4. 

It  is  hardly  possible  to  imagine  Handel  putting  his  own  ideas  on  paper  in 
this  fashion,  but  quite  easy  to  suppose  him  jotting  down  the^e  notes  and  scanty 
figures  if  his  object  was  to  produce,  not  a  copy  of  what  Muffat  had  written,  but 
a  rough  memorandum  sufficient  to  recover  its  salient  features  if  he  should 
subsequently  have  occasion  to  make  use  of  them.  So  far  it  has,  I  think,  been 
established  that  Handel  copied  out,  or  made  memoranda  of,  passages  from  Muffat's 
'  Componimcnti.' 

I  place  next  an  example  showing  Handel  at  work  elaborating  a  fine  accom- 
panied recitative  out  of  apparently  unpromising  materials  taken  from  the  same 
quarry. 


6  DEVELOPMENT    FROM    MUFFAT 

Ex.  5. 

Accompanied  Recitative  from  the  Ode  for  St.  Cecilia's  Day. 


Tenor 

Voice, 


Accompt. 


When      Xa-  ture 


un  -  derneath.  a 


Adagio. 


Muffat. 

Adagio. 

p. 124. 

(Origin  ill 
Key-  sig- 
nature Gr.) 


EEfcEJp 

\ 


fjE 


JJT1I 

ffSJOr: — .g     ^ 


E^ 


^ 

-*-±-* 


1         J        J 


PT1 

-:=4»t 


DEVELOPMENT    FROM    MUFFAT 


Na-  ture 


un- der-neath        a       heap 


of  jar -ring     A  -  toms 


11. 


M. 


DEVELOPMENT    FROM    MUFFAT 


H. 


The  tune-ful      voice  washeardfromhigh 


An  argument  already  used  above,  is  equally  applicable  to  this  case.  Had 
Muffat  seen  Handel's  unaccompanied  recitative  he  could  not  by  any  possibility 
have  reduced  it  to  the  dead  level  of  his  Adagio.  Therefore  it  must  have  been 
developed  by  Handel  on  the  skeleton  supplied  by  Muftat.  It  is  immediately 
followed  in  the  Ode  for  St.  Cecilia's  Day  by  short  unaccompanied  recitatives, 
alternating  with  two  instrumental  interludes  identical,  save  for  slight  alterations, 
with  passages  from  a  '  Fantaisie '  by  Muffat,  as  is  shown  in  the  next  example  : 


Handel. 
Strings. 


Muffat. 
Fantaisie. 

p.  76. 

(Transposed 
a  Major 
Third  up.) 


Ex.6. 


MUFFVT    COPIED    FROM 


Muffat. 
Transposed 
a  Semi -Tone 


M. 


10 


MUFFAT     COPIED    FROM 


The  superiority  of  Handel's  part-writing  in  Ex.  6,  bar  2,  and  of  his  distribution 
of  parts  in  the  second  part  of  that  example  suffice,  as  in  previous  instances,  to  show 
that  he  must  here,  too,  be  regarded  as  copying  from,  and  improving  on,  Muffat. 

The  comparisons  made  above  suffice,  I  think,  to  establish  the  fact  that  Handel 
borrowed  from  Muffat.  I  add  three  more,  however,  before  passing  away  from  this 
composer,  on  account  of  their  possessing  special  points  of  interest ;  the  first  and 
second  as  being,  with  the  exception  of  judicious  excisions,  slight  modifications  of 
key  and  filling  in  of  harmonies,  entire  movements  simply  '  lifted  off  '  Muffat ;  the 
third  as  showing  where  Handel  got  the  stirring  subject  of  the  allegro  in  his  well- 
known  overture  to 


Ex.  7. 


Muffat 
Trio. 
p. 40. 


MUFFAT    COPIED    FROM 


11 


? 


H. 


-F— — *- 


:H£E 


1    I  '_ 


=^ 


^r£rf^ 


* 


^^ 


Xk    P      ~^h— 


I!. 


: 


N 


— I— 


M. 


i 


-^-^ 


s 


12 


MUFFAT    COPIED    FROM 


1 1. 


II. 


\\/L  ^ 

i— 



J  — 

i  j      ^ 

II             Tl 

/•  — 

J 

2 

• 

—  •  — 

S 

j  r  * 

~      \ 

J  * 

r 

1.                     l|l  2.                         i 

a^irr  i"£ 


M. 


feL4^^^ 


r 


SB 


In  Muffat's  original  the  key-signature  is  £A/ree  flats.     I  have  omitted  his  very 
numerous  '  graces '  here  and  in  the  next  example. 

Ex.8. 

^  *  -!  _n«-^    ' 
:=f^ 


Handel. 
March 

in 
Joshua. 


r^ 


^ 


I   i   i 

W 


^ 


Muff  at. 

Rigaudon. 

p.  14. 

(Transposed 
a  Tone  up.) 


^E 


H. 


•«*•  — 


J. 


S 


S^ 


^ 


*ES 


y 


ff  "trrr 


Jl. 


14 


SUBJECT    BORROWED    FROM    MUFFAT 


Ex.  9. 


Han  del. 
Allegro 

in 
Overture 

to 
Samson. 


Muff  at. 

Fantaisie. 

p.  122. 


. /-_  I I "'  r 


CHAPTER  II. 


COMPARISON  OP  PASSAGES  FROM  HANDEL'S  JKPETHA  WITH  EXTRACTS  FROM  MASSES  BY 
FRANZ  JOHANN  HABERMANN,  AND  WITH  MANUSCRIPT  COPIES  MADE  THENCE  BY 
HANDEL. 

FRANZ  JOHANN  HABEKMANN  (1700-17*3)  was  a  composer  of  Bohemian 
birth  to  whom,  as  Dr.  Max  Seiftert  has  shown  in  a  most  interesting  article,1 
Handel  is  under  considerable  obligations  for  material  taken  from  five2  masses  pub- 
lished by  him  in  1747  and  incorporated  by  Handel  in  his  Jephiha  which  was 
composed  in  1751.  The  question  of  priority  is  thus  decisively  settled  by  external 
evidence,  confirmed,  as  will  immediately  be  seen,  by  the  Fitzwilliam  autographs. 

The  extracts  from  Habermann's  Masses,  which  will  now  be  compared  with  the 
corresponding  passages  in  Handel's  works,  are  all  taken  from  Dr.  Seiflert's  article 

Ex.10. 


Handel. 

Jephtha. 

Violins. 
Iht  &  2nd 


Habermann 
Mass  I. 

Violins. 


Organ. 

1  Kirckenmusikalisckes  Jahrbwh  :  Regensburg,  1903. 

2  Ib.  p.  83.     A  sixth  mass  followed  in  Habcrmann's  volume,  but  in  Dr   Seiffert's  opinion  it  was 
not  drawn  upon  by  Handel. 


Hun. 


HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 


17 


L   ,    Js  J  J  J  /^^ 


:  1 1 


No  more  to     Ammon's  god  and 


king, 


fierce 


!^t-!t-g- 


Han. 


"p^J  Lj    J- 


^F^-SF 


lei 

A 

J22L 


son, 


Hab. 


18 


HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 


£=^=£ 


± 


Mo  -  loch,  fierce       Mo   -  loch, 


fierce 


Mo  -    loch,  shall     our 


Han. 


m 


^" -0-  i    I     i-»_h 


P 


±=st 


^ 


tci   -  sun, 


lei    -    son,      Ky 


Hab. 


^=^^=f 


Compare  the  passages  thus  marked. 


19 


E 


cym 

J 


bals 


ring, 

I 


m 


Han. 


A 

m 


^^ 


-  lei 


-    son,      e 


le 


-tv 


^ 


Hub. 


sew,      e 


urns. 


TT 


The  whole  of  the  extract  from  Habermann  given  in  Ex.  10  appears,  copied  out 
in  full  in  Handel's  handwriting,  but  without  words  or  composer's  name,  in  the 
Fitzwilliam  autographs.1  This  fact  supplies,  of  course,  independent  evidence,  were 
such  wanted,  of  Handel's  indebtedness  to  Habermann. 

The  comparisons  made  in  the  next  six  Examples  will  speak  for  themselves. 

1 13,  p.  82. 


20  HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 

Ex.  11. 

HANDEL.  Symphony  to  the  song  "His  mighty  arm  with  sudden  blow." 


Strings. 


HABERMANN.  Mass  I.   Introduction  toi'Jtex  ccelest-is" 


Violins. 

Transposed 

a  Major 

Third 

down. 


Handel. 
F.W.  Auto- 
graphs. 
01.  13.  p. 75.) 
Transposed 
a  Major 
TJI  i  rd 
down. 


HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 

n 


21 


Handel. 
Jephtha. 


Habermann. 
Miss  /. 


Handel 
Autograph 


Ex.12. 


Habermann. 
Mass  V. 

Handel. 
Autographs. 
(lO.p.51.) 
Compressed 
from  open 
score. 

Handel.  Jephtha. 

^-rr-                                 =^ 

=TT 

0                   God         be 

s 

Jlfi     -    se 

-  J      J  1 

' 

•M 

• 

t 

ol    -         -  Us        pec  - 

-  ca     -         -    to, 

•\     ~ 
ff 

J 

IE 

.  

ZZ  '                 j< 

^~      r 

xV  V  - 

22 


HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 


dis 


tress 


hold      «yr          sore 


tress, 


G.:d,        be 

A 


^m 


God 


1 


r  r 


=f 


E*= 


Gud 


r=r 


hold      our  sore  dis 


our       sore      dis 


yj? 


tress 


eta. 


i^fflg 


33 


Seiffert's 
Extract  ends. 


T\ 

I 

7J" 

5 

i^r= 

4>       * 

p              • 
72 

etc. 

^f  —  i 

Lf     T      ! 

HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 
Ex.  13. 


23 


Handel. 
Jephtha. 


y  Q 

=>d 

j4J     Ul. 

(fc  i? 

—  f3  —  —  

« 

-+- 

-^ 

—  M 

-*~^  —  4-± 

^ 

••  

Theme  su  - 

^2>  *" 
blime 

-j— 
of 

—  i^^r"  —  ••  y 
i      i       hf 

end    -     less 

?  r 

praise,  of 

p-r  r-r 

end  -  less 

11 

«- 

<>  i.  , 

[7  ^$  •  

—  ^  — 

—  •§  — 

r  —  ' 

—  *  — 

"  1 

^^fc 

^  — 

Z   b 

^y 

_^- 

'^ 

^t  K 

P!' 

i 

5 

jAlla  breve. 

-  s<w  -   na 

•Tlieme  su    -   blime            of       end-less 

f  \ 

Z   j 

m 

E 

' 

JR   i. 

II*    ™ 

^ 

^. 

rj 

^* 

QS   ' 

Ip 

€1 

'-* 

^    r> 

^   r 

^  > 

< 

5    x 

f'' 

f^j 

V    ^ 

TT 

0  - 

s«w 

t> 

na 

--^ 
in 

M 

| 

ex- 

eel 

- 

- 

- 

i1: 

rrj 

Seiffert's 
Extract 
ends. 

CJC 

-•-^ 

^ 

l*i 

^ 

^ 

• 

•• 

• 

«» 

2g 

/  E 

IP 

-tf~^%  - 

^-™ 

Habermann. 

Mass  I. 
Transposed 

a  Major 
Third  down. 


Handel  pw.  i-Alla  breve.  "Theme  sublime  of  endless  Praise."  (MS. 

Autographs. 

Q3.  p.  90.) 

Compressed 

from  open 

score  and 

transposed 

a  Major 
Third  down. 


y  Q 

Jr      i 

^       , 

"J 

-r                C  

XL    [j    (j»          • 

52 

^  O     <y  A 

vT)       "           <» 

***^ 

Hmt   r*' 

r—1,     9 

TT 

1  ^ 

-i  r  ° 

"**" 

rw 
i 

etc. 

*^" 

•»-»».  —  .  — 

o 

c> 

^ 

X   i?    *P  

-^  1 

Ex.  14. 


Handel. 
Jephtha . 

Orchestral 
Bass. 


Che 


mosh 


^"g    g    g    g     g 


more  will  we      a-dore    with  tim-breird 


1. 1  i  n 


Tlr^l  

-»  —  s  —  J    •  J  *  * 

=  —  fc 

r{H     ff      P                 « 

/         *                 *                           « 

•    » 

^K                         P        r                               P       m 

^.        P       r                  P    A    P    r 

• 

^  i  —  r  ^  •*  ?  k  r 

an     -       thems  to        Je  -  ho  -  vah 

»y.  jta   f      —  p  — 

5      '     >     >      |    f  j    | 

'/ 

-  thems 

»    2 

due,  witli  tim-brelld   an 
Che      -            -               mosh 

^                    A 

^^^  *  ^  J 



r 


Habermann.  Mass  L 


Cum   san  -  cto       spi    -   n     -    tu       in 
Cum  san     -         -    cto 

d  A 


Handel.  F.  "W.  Autographs. 

O.S.  p.  88.) 
Compressed  from  open  score. 


24 


HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 


^a 


Han. 


to      Je  -    hc-vah     due,  with 

norewil!    we    a  -  do  re  with  timbrelid 


o? 


. 

timbrelld  an-thems  to     Je-ho-vah 
an  thems  to       Je-ho-vah 


due 
due 


N—  K 


Che  - 


« 


Hab. 


tt    m    qlo  -ri-a.De-i  . 
N     N  y  S    ^   fc  N      N 
Jt       A  N 


Seiffert's 
men         Extract  ends. 


£ 


CT 


Han. 
Anlo- 
£raphs. 


I 


Ex.  15. 

Instrumental  Introduction  to  the  Song  "Hide  thou  thy  hated  beams."  (Jephtha.) 

^/fl  u 


Violins. 


Basses. 


^E& 


HABERMANN.  Miss  IV.  Introduction 


Violins. 


Basses. 


to  the  Bass  Solo  "Domine 


m^ 


^ 


& 


HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 


25 


Han. 


Hab. 


Han. 


Hat. 


By  striking  out  Habermann's  feeble  and  inconsequent  third  and  fourth  bars,  and 
similar  matter  in  his  seventh  and  eighth  bars,  Handel  has  greatly  improved  this 
little  prelude. 

Ex.  16. 

Symphony  to  the  Song  "Pour  forth  no  more  unheeded  prayers." 


HABERMANN.  Mass  I.  Symphony  to  Chorus  "Kyrie  eleison'.' 


Violins. 

Transposed 

a  Major    Third  down. 

Organ. 


26 


HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 


Han 


Hab. 


Han. 


Hab. 


^ 


£*\J^L^ 


Han. 


Hab. 


HANDEL    AND    HABERMANN 


27 


Bar  1H. 


Han. 


te£ 


£ 


^ 


Han. 


to     I-dolsdeaf  and 


to  Idols 


deaf 


in  J  * 


^ 


jjab.  Chris-te  e  -  lei 


r 


^ 


^s 


^^ 


Saiffert's 
Extract  ends. 


This  song,  which  in  Jephtha  occupies   115   bars,  is  mainly  built   on   these 
materials,  and  the  accompaniment  is  throughout  made  from  Habermann's. 


CHAPTER  III. 

COMPARISON  OF  A  CHORUS  IN  HANDEL'S  THEODORA  WITH  A  VOCAL  DUET  BY 
GIOVANNI  CARLO  MARIA  CLARI. 

GIOVANNI  CAELO  MAEIA  CLARI  (1669— about  1740)  was  a  dis- 
tinguished maestro  di  capella  who  wrote  a  large  amount  of  sacred  and 
secular  music.  Among  the  latter  were  a  number  of  vocal  duets,  passages  in 
which  find  more  or  less  close  homologies  in  Handel's  Theodora.  These  passages 
are  contained  in  six  of  the  duets  produced,  according  to  Chrysander,  "  about  1720  " 
and  published  by  him,  with  the  exception  of  one  duet,  from  a  "contemporary 
copy"  in  his  own  possession.  The  excepted  duet  he  inserted  from  a  Paris 
edition  published  a  century  later,  in  1823.  The  Fitzwilliam  Museum  possesses 
manuscript  copies  of  thirty-seven  trios  and  duets  by  Clari,  including  the  six  which 
concern  us  here  :  each  of  these  is  marked  either  '  1740 '  or  '  1741 ' — dates  which 
Mr.  Fuller-Maitland  thinks  probably  refer  to  the  first  edition  of  the  duets.1  This 
would  give  a  date  some  twenty  years  later  than  that  assigned  by  Chrysander, 
assuming — which  I  do  not  feel  sure  of — that  by  '  produced '  he  meant '  published,' 
and  not  merely  '  composed.'  In  any  case  it  may  be  safely  inferred  from  the  dates 
affixed  to  the  Fitzwilliam  copies  that  these  six  duets  were  in  existence  by  the 
year  1741.  This  clears  the  question  of  priority,  as  Handel's  Theodora  was  not 
performed  until  1749. 

The  method  employed  by  Handel  in  dealing  with  the  materials  supplied  by 
Clari  was  quite  uniform.  It  consisted  in  taking  thence  short  themes  fit,  or 
capable  by  slight  alterations  of  being  rendered  fit,  for  contrapuntal  treatment,  and 
then  working  them  up  by  all  sorts  of  fugal,  canonic  and  imitative  devices 
applied  with  astonishing  force  and  freedom,  into  elaborate  polyphonic  movements 
of  the  well-known  "  Handelian "  type.  In  this  manner  several  entire  choruses 
and  a  long  orchestral  movement  are,  with  more  or  less  infusion  of  other  matter, 
developed  out  of  passages  of  two  or  three  bars  each  taken  from  Clari's  unpre- 
tentious but  charming  little  compositions.  As,  later  in  the  present  work,  we  shall 
see  the  same  method  applied  with  supreme  skill  and  stupendous  results  in  one 
of  the  grandest  of  all  Handel's  oratorios,  I  shall  content  myself  with  but  a  single 
illustration  of  its  employment  on  Clari's  duets,  viz.  the  construction  of  the  chorus 
"While  Grace  and  Truth "  in  Theodora. 

1  'Catalogue  of  the  Music  in  the  Fitzwilliam  Museum.'  p.  152.  The  Fitzwilliam  copies  are 
provided  with  figured  hassea,  which  does  not  appear  to  have  been  the  case  with  those  edited  by 
Chrvsander. 


HANDEL    AND    CLARI 
Ex.  17. 

Soprano. 


29 


Handel. 
Theodora. 

UUUL^—z  ZJP      r       J         JEEEE^ 

r  *  —  *  —  r  

cm  *   </  •  j  -V—  *  —  J  w 

tJ                  «**^ 
Come,  mig-h  -  ty         Fa     -     ther, 

migh         -         ty       Lord 

_*  J  m—          —  J_  

This  phrase  is  constructed  by  assigning  to  one  voice  what  Clari  divides  between 
two  voices. 

Ex.  17  (continued.) 


rvy  (.        == 

X  

^ 

Clari. 
Trans- 

a            L'o  -  d<>  Ge 

J  -  sin     -     do, 

v  —  F^- 

X 

a  Fifth 
down. 

"^y  — 
*Y  it.  J  ^  —  R—  «r- 

:  i  _p  •_  

e        pron 

!   J      J      — 

?o    a    It'i    sen      vie-  ne 

>¥  <-  J  J  7 

E         =^- 

.*  —  *  —  j  j  

This  is  followed  by 


Soprano. 
Handel. 

Instr! 
Bass. 


Second 
Soprano. 

Clari. 


Ptt  r^  ^ 

Ex.  17  (continued.)                                        ^  —  """ 

^f-         --—       -f5- 

_I  

_>  ^  ,  — 
mitrh          ty             Lord,                   come,           

4\.  ^  jjt                 _        : 

^                    =^       =*^          ~?  IF  

^        ft               -V— 

H                             "      =^  ^--f= 

I^P  l^jt  ^  —  te=  ^ 

^=     -j^     J      "^ 

St                   :  f— 

*^                               a  -  wor 

suo                le          pc. 

_  —  _  —  _  — 

?ie, 

s 

30 


HANDEL   AND    CLABI 


We  next  come  on  this  theme  in  Canon: 

Ex.  17  (continued.) 


Handel. 
Theodora. 


Sopran' 


Alto. 


Instr! 
Bas.s. 


Clari. 

Trans- 
posed       Soprano 
a  Fifth 
down. 


While        grace  and   truth  flow 

-K 


While         grace  and 

gr^F-r 


flr^  —  J^J  —  frir-d.^  j 

E  —  =£= 

S  

3  

V-U                                 fl*       •        9              W 

^1 

</t'         a     Lnu-rin  -  daal 

fj    «  fl                                          I 

/ 

& 

n   -    te 

y    nutf                                    t9 

(^            & 

S        N 

V 

/I.                                          n« 

/^ 

i    r* 

S                     N 

N 

rM     IT                               k«* 

*    « 

r  m 

a 

J 

V'U       '                *                           1* 

H          • 

*          J 

c         J 

«?J                                        StJ 

^^            -1- 

^ 

e         a      La 

w  -rt'n.  -  da  al 

1  —  ^^^  

• 
Jon  -   te 

r^t-    =t=             =W= 

—  J  — 

-+- 

0. 


"9 

The  use  of  the  scale-passage  in  Handel's  Bass  here  appears  to  have  been  suggested 
by  the  following  bars  of  Olari  • 

y  ^  (1  4  (Ex.  17  (continued.) 

Soprano 
I. 


Soprano 

II.       ^_  

T'aw    -  -          re   so   -   a  -  vi 

This  chorus  of  Handel,  consisting  of  60  bars,  is  entirely  worked  up  out  of  the 
above  materials  from  Olari's  duet. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

COMPARISON  OP  TWO  CHORUSES  IN  HANDEL'S  TRIONFO  DEL  TEMPO  WITH  TWO  CHORUSES 
IN  A  WORK  BY  KARL  HEINRICH  GRAUN,  AND  WITH  MANUSCRIPT  COPIES  MADE 
OF  THEM  BY  HANDEL.  MISCELLANEOUS  EXAMPLES  OP  HANDEJ/S  USE  OF 
THIS  WORK. 

KAEL  HEINEICH  GRAUN  (1701-1759),  a  six  years  younger  contemporary 
of  Handel,  was  a  German  composer  of  the  greatest  distinction  and  public 
repute,  who  held  posts  of  Capellmeister  at  the  Courts  of  Brunswick  and  Berlin, 
and  whose  masterpiece,  the  oratorio  Der  Tod  Jesu,  occupies  in  Germany  "in 
some  measure  the  position  which  is  held  by  the  Messiah  in  England."1  That 
Handel  should  have  transferred  almost  note  for  note  to  his  own  scores  the  bulk 
of  two  choruses  of  considerable  length  taken  from  a  work  by  one  of  his  most 
eminent  contemporaries  seems  antecedently  incredible.  That  he  did  this  in  the 
case  of  a  work  of  Graun's  has  nevertheless  been  incontrovertibly  proved  by 
Professor  Prout 2  who  was  enabled  to  discover  the  fact  by  a  concatenation  of 
coincidences  so  extraordinary  that  my  readers  will,  I  feel  sure,  wish  to  be  made 
acquainted  with  it.  I  proceed  therefore  to  give  an  abridged  account  of  his 
article,  sometimes  using  his  own  words. 

The  late  Rev.  J.  R  Lunn,  a  Yorkshire  clergyman  and  excellent  musician, 
formerly  Fellow  of  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge,  was  asked  by  a  neighbouring 
Musical  Society  to  recommend  them  a  Handel  chorus  for  performance.  He  chose 
the  chorus  "  Ere  to  dust  is  changed  that  beauty  "  from  The  Triumph  of  Time 
and  Truth  (1757),  but,  while  he  was  examining  it,  the  idea  struck  him  that  it- 
resembled  a  movement  which  he  remembered  having  copied  at  Cambridge  from 
Latrobe's  Collection  of  Sacred  Music.3  Mr.  Lunn  hunted  up  his  old  manuscript 
which  contained  (1)  the  chorus  "  Ere  to  dust "  substantially  complete  but  with 
different  words,  (2)  three  bars  of  adagio,  (3)  another  chorus  (in  F  minor)  also 
with  English  words,  which,  shortened  by  nine  bars,  he  found,  set  to  Italian  words, 
in  Handel's  II  Trionfo  del  Tempo,  an  earlier  version  of  the  same  work,  brought 
out  in  1737,  which  likewise  contained  the  chorus  "Ere  to  dust"  set  to  Italian 
words.  Both  these  choruses  and  the  connecting  Adagio  were  described  by 

1  Grove's  Dictionary  of  Music,  1st  edition. 

*  In  an  article  published  in  the  Monthly  Musical  Record  for  May  and  June,  1894. 

3  "  Selection  of  Sacred  Music  from  the  works  of  some  of  the  most  eminent  composers  of  Germany 
and  Italy."  By  C.  I.  Latrobe.  Its  six  volumes  appeared,  according  to  an  article  in  Grove's  Dictionary 
(1st  edition),  between  1806  and  1825. 


32  PBOFESSOR    PKOUT'S    DISCOVERY 

Latrobe  as  taken  from  an  "Oratorio  Passionate"  composed  by  Graun.  Mr. 
Limn,  puzzled  by  this  ascription  to  another  of  what  he  had  always  regarded  as 
the  property  of  Handel,  communicated  with  Professor  Prout,  who  at  once  took 
the  view  that,  considering  Handel's  known  habits  in  such  matters,  the  music  was 
more  likely  to  be  Graun 's  than  his,  and  so  Latrobe  probably  in  the  right. 

Soon  after  this  correspondence  with  Mr.  Lunn,  Professor  Prout  spent  a  few  days 
at  Cambridge  with  Dr.  A.  H,  Mann,  who  promptly  conducted  him  to  the  Library 
of  the  Fitzwilliam  Museum,  to  examine  the  Handel  autographs.  Dr.  Mann  took 
down  at  random  the  first  volume  of  the  collection,  the  pages  of  which  Professor 
Prout  began  turning  over.  On  pp.  21  and  22  he  came  upon  two  scores  which  had 
till  then  been  regarded  as  original  drafts  for  the  two  choruses  mentioned  above  as 
having  both  appeared  in  the  Trionfo  del  Tempo,  while  but  one  of  them  was 
included  in  the  long  subsequent  English  version  of  that  work.  Prout,  with  the 
facts  to  which  Mr.  Lunn  had  directed  his  attention  fortunately  still  fresh  in  his 
mind,  at  once  perceived  that  these  scores  were  not  in  the  form  which  the  Handel 
choruses  in  question  bear  in  his  published  works,  but  in  that  of  the  two  movements 
and  intervening  short  adagio  printed  as  Graun's  in  Latrobe's  collection.  This  fact, 
together  with  a  remarkable  absence  of  corrections  in  these  autographs  as  compared 
with  other  original  scores  of  Handel,  and  with  a  further  piece  of  evidence  to  be 
described  in  the  next  paragraph,  led  Prout  to  the  conclusion  that  these  two  choruses 
were  no  compositions  of  Handel,  but  copies  made  by  him  from  some,  probably 
unpublished,  work  by  Graun. 

The  next  three  pages  of  the  Fitzwilliam  autographs  contain  ten  detached  move- 
ments, or  parts  of  movements,  described  in  the  printed  catalogue  as  "  at  present 
unidentified."  Below,  or  in  the  margin  of,  several  of  these  Handel  has  written 
disjointed  German  words  or  pairs  of  words,  and  this  is  also  the  case  in  the  short 
adagio  already  mentioned.  No  one  had  yet  discovered  the  significance  of  this 
curious  proceeding,  but  Professor  Prout  at  once  hit  on  the  conjecture  that  these 
movements,  equally  with  the  two  choruses  which  preceded  them  in  the  autographs, 
were  extracts  made  by  Handel  from  Graun,  and  that  the  German  words  were  taken 
from  the  text  to  which  Graun's  music  was  set,  and  jotted  down  by  Handel  as 
clues  to  enable  him  to  recover  with  ease  the  passages  in  Graun's  work  from  which 
he  had  been  copying. 

Prout  soon  found  himself  able  to  produce  decisive  confirmation  of  his  theory. 
He  took  with  him  from  the  Fitzwilliam  Museum  a  German  second-hand  music- 
seller's  catalogue,  as  he  had  noticed  a  score  of  Cherubini's  in  it  which  he  wished  to 
order,  and  the  librarian  had  handed  over  the  catalogue  to  him  as  of  no  further  use 
to  the  Museum.  On  looking  through  thivS  catalogue  he  found  that  it  announced 
for  sale  an  old  manuscript  score  of  a  '  Passion '  by  Graun. 

Prout,  after  making  some  enquiries  which  convinced  him  that  this  would  prove 
to  be  the  unpublished  work  from  which  Handel  had  borrowed,  wrote  for  and 


PROFESSOR    PROUT'S    DISCOVERY  33 

obtained  it  On  turning  over  its  first  page,  which  was  occupied  by  a  choral,  he 
came  at  once  on  the  two  choruses,  and  the  intervening  adagio,  exactly  as  they  stand 
in  Latrobe.  This  left  but  a  single  link  wanting  to  complete  the  proof  that  Graun 
was  their  author,  viz.  evidence  of  the  priority  of  his  '  Passion '  to  Handel's  Trionfo. 
Such  evidence  was  to  hand  on  Prout's  manuscript  score  which  described  the 
work  as  the  '  Brunswick  Passion,'  from  the  name  of  the  place  where  it  was 
produced.  Graun  is  known  to  have  settled  in  Brunswick  in  1725  and  to  have 
quitted  it  in  1735.  The  latter  is,  therefore,  the  latest  limit  of  time  for  the  produc- 
tion of  his  '  Passion,'  whereas  Handel's  Trionfo  was  not  performed  till  1737.  This 
accordingly  settles  the  question  of  priority  and  with  it  that  of  the  authorship  of  the 
two  choruses. 

On  examining  the  rest  of  Graun's  score  Prout  found  in  it,  with  one  insignificant 
exception,  all  the  fragmentary  movements  which  follow  the  two  choruses  in  the 
Fitzwilliam  autographs.  Moreover,  in  every  case  where  Handel  had  appended 
German  words,  as  described  above,  he  "  found  the  same  words  at  the  same  place  in 
Graun's  score." 

Finally  Prout  identified  about  half  of  these  fragments  as  having  been  made  use 
of  by  Handel  in  Alexander's  Feast,  the  Wedding  Anthem1  and  the  operas 
Atalanta  and  Giustino.  These  works  having  all  been  brought  out  in  1736,2  Graun 
remains  in  a  clear  priority. 

Professor  Prout  sums  up  as  follows  the  truly  "extraordinary  chain  of 
circumstances  "  which  led  him  to  this  discovery : 

"  Had  Mr.  Lunn  selected  any  other  chorus  than  "  Ere  to  dust,"  and  had  he  not 
also,  thirty  or  forty  years  before,  copied  the  same  chorus  from  Latrobe,  he  would 
not  have  written  to  me  on  the  subject.  Had  Dr.  Mann  happened  to  take  down 
from  the  shelves  at  the  Fitzwilliam  Library  any  other  one  of  the  fourteen3  volumes 
of  Handel's  manuscripts  than  the  one  he  took,  I  should  never  have  seen  the  extracts 
from  Graun  in  Handel's  writing — and  that  too  at  a  time  when  the  matter  was  fresh 
in  my  memory,  owing  to  Mr.  Lunn's  letter,  and  my  having  looked  at  Latrobe  only 
a  few  days  before.  Still  more  remarkable,  if  possible,  was  the  incident  of  the 
catalogue.  Had  not  my  eye  been  caught  by  the  score  of  Cherubini's,  I  should  not 
have  asked  to  copy  it,  and  thus  received  the  catalogue.  But  the  most  curious  thing 
of  all  is  that  this  catalogue,  which  by  the  merest  chance  was  lying  on  the  table, 
instead  of  having  been  thrown  into  the  waste-paper  basket,  where  I  should  never 
have  seen  it,  should  -contain  the  very  work  needed  to  reveal  the  truth — a 
manuscript  score,  which  probably  does  not  come  into  the  market  once  in  twenty 
years." 

Examples  18,  19  and  20  embody  three  of  Prout's  five  identifications 
mentioned  above. 

1  In  the  case  of  the  Wedding  Anthem  Dr.  Mann  had  already  recognised  the  connexion  with  one  of 
the  Handel  fragments.  a  Grove's  Dictionary.  9  Their  number  is  fifteen. 

D 


34 


HANDEL    AND    GRAUN 


Ex.18. 

Instrumental  Introduction  to  the  song  "Nacque  al  bosco"  in  Giusti-no. 


Handel. 
Giustino. 


£ 


s 


>x 


Introduction  to  the  duet  "Jesu  wir'st  Du  zu  mir\sprechen?" 

'•  — *  _^«     ff 

'•J    *         ,1       11  .A.  _  -*-  -•-  -*- 


fife 

:*ft 

fc^_ 

* 

-f- 

» 

• 

| 

— 

3E             ^E3 

Grauri,and 
Handel, 
P.  W.  Auto- 
graphs. 

^ 

iJ 

. 

*. 

* 

9 

'- 

(l.p.23.) 

^N 

J 

-4-1— 

•  1 

• 

\ 

—  j 

9 

P 

^^       | 

H. 

J   n  '- 

-t- 

»  i»  U  — 

^^i 

« 

- 

Li. 

iJ 

r  

- 

S 

F^ 

2 

'- 

f 

5 

f    r-      r  i 

G. 
& 

H. 

LU  f 

fc« 

— 

"  "^ 

I 

»_' 

F  ^ 

f 

2E3E  — 

^j  ^/n^ 

fljjEfyj. 

Jj*"!                 IS       pi    ,    Prout's  Ex- 

—  *W-  J.    -0-  -0-  \     rT*itractends. 

/JL  °fl       J  •  * 

• 

111 

rw  —  °^  1  P        r  

rr  —  •  —  i  ^  

*«    PP   i* 

5E3  —  H  1  

n     Ll        •               |                   ^ 

f   f 

LJ7 

f 

4V  fl  C    r                   r 

r         l 

p 

I*  trilff 

!• 

A  i' 

f                f 

^?     ff      ' 

r  ^  L    J  - 

L     ^r  i 

-^               *  -*  

N 

-h**<l    ' 
Graun. 

Handel. 
F.W.  Auto- 
graphs. 

f 

F             •  •        m 

r             r           r 

• 

1  ^ 

i^^                     / 

^r  r 

L          m  

•^ 

f"             P*B      ' 

m          m     J.I 

\ 

^    J 

-r±~.  

t-j 

f  r  f 

±d  —  —  >  — 

-f^-  

•^j  .  r~~ 

f-  

HANDEL    AND    GRAUN 
Ex.  19. 


35 


Part  of  the  Introduction  to  the  song  "£  *all  "  occaso  in  or-iente"  in  Giustino. 

J 


Handel. 
Giustino. 


al  octava 


Beginningiof  the  Introduction  to  the  Bass  song  ^Mein  Knecht  der  Gerechte." 

Graun  and     \, 
Handel,     ..»..     ....        . 

F.w.Auto-  [r/"V  H  g 

graphs.     «v  *• 

(l.p.23.) 


H. 


Front's  Ex- 
tract ends. 


Ex.  20. 

Fugue-subject  in  the  chorus  "At  last  divine  Cecilia  came"  in  Alexander's  Feast. 
Handel.      J ._  f 

H  t?  I 


Alexander's 
Feast. 


With     na-ture's    mo-ther     v/it  and      arts     un-known  be    -    fore 


Fugue-subject  in  a  chorus  from  Graun's  'Passion.' 

Graun.         ff^-y.  P    i  (°    P  T     itf 

Transposed    |FV^-^{^=F=  =p=  =F~-  ff^=^ 
a  Fourth  up.  [b^-»-  I       |  -^LJ-\  \ 


orz: 


CHAPTER    Y. 

HANDEL'S  USB  OF  EARLIER  COMPOSITIONS  OF  HIS  OWN.     INSTANCES  OF  THIS  m  THE 

CASE     OF     SOME     DUETS     SET    TO     SECULAR    ITALIAN    WORDS    AND    AFTERWARDS 
DEVELOPED   INTO   SEVERAL   CHORUSES   AND   A    DUET   IN   THE    MESSIAH. 

IT  has,  I  think,  been  adequately  shown  in  the  preceding  chapters  that  Handel 
made  free  and  extensive  use  of  compositions  by  other  masters.  But  he  also 
treated  in  precisely  the  same  manner  older  work  of  his  own,  sometimes  merely 
re-setting  it,  with  insignificant  modifications,  to  fresh  words,  sometimes  excising, 
amplifying  or  altering  it  with  absolute  freedom.  We  shall  subsequently  examine 
instances  in  Israel  in  Egypt  where  he  did  this  with  magnificent  results :  here  I 
shall  set  out  a  very  striking  series  of  transferences  and  contrapuntal  develop- 
ments to  be  seen  in  his  working  up  of  some  vocal  duets,  which  he  had  already 
composed  to  secular  Italian  words,  into  great  choruses  and  a  duet  in  the  Messiah. 
All  but  one  of  these  Italian  duets  were  written  only  a  few  months  before  the 
composition  of  that  oratorio.1 

In  the  following  comparisons  I  shall  quote  leading  subjects  from  movements 
in  the  Messiah  together  with  their  all  but  identical  originals  in  the  Italian  duets. 
The  order  followed  will  be  that  of  the  movements  in  the  oratorio :  the  Italian 
duets  will  be  quoted  from  the  German  Handel  Society's  edition. 


Messiah. 


Italian    ^ 

Ihiets. 
No.  XV. 

p.  119. 


Ex.  21. 


Soprano. 


> 


zm 


5 


^ 


And  He  shall;    pn     -      ri  -  fy,      and 


Sopran 


^ 


shall  pu-  ri  -  fy 


L'on-ca-soha  nelV  au.ro  -  ra,       e      per-deinun  sol  di  la  pri-ma- 


m  k 

•*  '     I  * 


ra,  la         pri  -    ma    - 


Chrysander,  Life  of  Handel,  vol.  I.,  p.  371. 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


37 


The  running  passage  in  bar  4  of  the  duet  seems  suggested  by  the  word 
'primavera'  (spring),  but  is  hardly  appropriate  to  the  word  'purify'  to  which 
it  is  set  in  an  extended  form  in  the  chorus.  Handel  appears  to  have  felt  that 
something  more  was  wanted  than  an  assemblage  of  rather  mechanical  passages  and 
been  promptly  moved  to  that  stroke  of  genius  the  mighty  episode  : 


Ex.  21  (continued.) 


bar  21. 


m 


that      they     may          of 

J    *     f     J. 


fer 


to        the      Lord 


yp 

h       Is      h      N 

It7  "  "  f         0          m 

-f^—  r 

i  . 

-    J 

p 

ox 

£  g          g         P  ' 
of  -    fer  -    ing      in       r 

rtr-I  —  ^    +-+^ 

igh   -     teous     - 
fe_  £  

DL 

J 

1_1 

»  |»  —t 
ss,  in  ri 

H  ±  J 

•  : 

gh    -     teous 

1.        A 

0              

ness 

^3  —  E  —  r 

^  — 

f 

t 

/  _ 

r    ' 

-£.  



which,  repeated  in  a  higher  part  of  the  scale  and  with  somewhat  modified  harmonic 
treatment,  closes  this  chorus  with  such  impressive  grandeur. 


Ex.  21  (continued.) 


ness,        in         righ    -     teous 

I 

A. 


of  -    fer  -   ing      in       righ    -     teous 


The    next  two   examples   show   the   original   destination   of   subjects  which, 


38 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


contrapuntally  treated,  make  up  the  bulk  of  the  famous  chorus  "  For  unto  us  a 
child  is  born." 

Ex.22. 

Soprano. 


Messiah. 


I 


^ 


Italian      ^ 
Duets. 
No.  XVI. 
p.  122. 


For       un  -   to       us        a       child      is 
Soprano  I. 


born, 


f    *  .r  E  E  E   E 


No,  di      voi    non       vo'       fi   -    dar-  mi, 


i* 


a        son        is          :    g:i  -  vcn, 


I~TJ^ 


tui  -  to 


etc-  co  ^4  - 


'-f+ 

=3 

\  f- 

J     ^    «M 

!       X         \      >              >                              hi 

j    J*      *      r    J    1 

un    -     to 


^ 


I.D. 


TO  or, 


J  f\    i        Soprano. 


I.D. 


M 

—  >  —     v    —  f4  —  p  — 

-^  ^  =—                            — 

1 

r* 

>— 

Ht- 

—  *  ^  L  —  *'  ^  &  

us                                     a         son          is 
Tenor. 

•  ...»         f   . 

gi  -  ven, 

V^«J 
J/  f 

^  — 

Ht- 

Soprano  I. 

1  \  —            ~N  — 

For            un  -    to 

.  (  _  

[ffi 

—  P- 
\ 

J       $       i    /--H"  —  P- 

kJ  ^  1 

i! 
-1 

f1-  - 

4- 

r           / 
wior,                              crif  -  del       bel     - 
Soprano  IT. 

ta! 

i 

EE 

7       j 

dft 


s 


For  un  -   to 


us       a    child     is      born,. 


S 


us      a     child     is        born, 


un  -  to 


VT    ff  —  =;  •                         N 

rp        p       p        p       _      «P«*      — 

^r^  —  p  —  P  —  P  —  P  —  P  —    ~^  — 

^  —  7  —  v  —  £  —    '  L.  r 

rot    no/i     t/'o'    yV  -  dar 

^_  N 

\  

$   g.  g  g  P  P  P.  ?   = 

wz   now     ao'    /»  -  dar-  mi, 

1  •*      J 
cie-  co 

A- 

I.D. 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


39 


I.D. 


-    ta! 


etc-  co  A  - 


I.D. 


mor, 


cru    -     del          fee/ 
Ex.  22  (continued.) 


M. 


I.D. 


0  it 

4t-^  —  |  —         —  ^  —      —  _  — 

V                                             1*            • 

Bar  24                                 un    '     to 

us                                              a       son       is 

£  —  »  —  

^)*ff  ^    t*     r        i 

v  ^    ^    T    r    p    i 

-^-  1  ^!  

—  '  —  b  —  b~ 

un  -    to          us 

a        son       is        gi  -  von, 

&  —  —£  _£                .  /.       ,,.,{  — 

F£-  ^     v  e  ^  «N 

cie    -     co  A  - 
l|      -       u  1  

wor,                                         crw  -  rfe/      fee/  - 

—  K  — 

K^zMS-^ti       ri 

F^-^iE^     S^ 

cie  -    co  A  -  mor, 


-  ta! 


40 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


And     the     go  -  vern- merit    shall 


be        up- on      His    shoul    - 


I.I). 


a^4^^ 


im 


Trop-  po    sie,  -    ta      men  -   zo    -     gm>  -    n>,   hi  -  sin-ghie-re      De  -  i  - 


fcrf-  >—       =^~^r-  —  P^^=    3^3 

—  •  • 

Pp=*  .-U  ££__£  g         f       -      g" 

k+  

and            the         go              vern-  ment             shall 

f~i 

*>:-$  —  —  

\ 

2           

der 


I.D. 


-^Jv-                -f^~ 

MT"    ~^= 

$  — 

*r- 

—  P  ^  — 
Trap     •      po         sie               t 

—  i^  — 

r        men       -        zo 

qne     -       re 
etc. 

J         TT 

^ff 

\fl\                         C  ^  -. 

v 

NtJ          —  r" 

^  —  ==  

=-—  ^^  

Into  this  chorus,  also,  Handel  introduced  a  stroke  of  genius  additional  to  the 
material  derived  from  his  duet,  the  great  choral  shouts : 

Ex.  22  (continued.) 


^ 


&m 


M. 


Won -der-  full 


^^ 


Coun  -   sel-  lor! 
N  S 


TheMigh-ty    God!  Th 

N       S       S 


N  N 


J 


Ev    -      er   -     last   -    ing          Fa  -   ther! 
S  N  S  S 


The 


Prince          of 


J 


Peace! 

1 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


41 


The  next  example  has  a  special  interest  as  clearing  up  a  difficulty  which  has 
doubtless  puzzled  many  admirers  of  Handel  as  it  used  to  puzzle  me.  It  occurs 
in  the  leading  subject  of  the  chorus  "  His  yoke  is  easy  and  His  burthen  is  light," 
where  the  first  syllable  of  the  word  '  easy '  is  set  to  the  following  almost 
grotesquely  inappropriate  passage: 


Messiah. 


Italian 
Duets. 
No.  XV. 
p.  116. 


Ex.  23. 


Soprano. 


Quel  fior  che  a IV  al  -   ba        ri 


light,        His  burthen,     His 


de        it      so-  le  poi  I'uc  -  ci  -  de,      e      tnm-ba       ha     net- la    se 


Why  Handel  should  have  perpetrated  such  a  monstrosity  was  to  me  an 
insoluble  crux.  A  glance,  however,  at  the  text  to  which  the  passage  was  originally 
composed  suffices  to  explain  the  difficulty  :  "  The  flower  which  laughs  at  dawn 
is  killed  by  the  sun  and  finds  a  grave  in  the  evening."  The  passage  with  which 
we  are  concerned  is  set  to  the  word  '  ride '  (laughs)  and  is  therefore  evidently  a 
piece  of  word-painting,  quite  appropriate  in  its  original  position,  but  grievously 
out  of  place  where  it  now  stands. 

The  added  stroke  of  genius,  for  which  here  too  we  do  not  look  in  vain,  ends 
the  chorus  with  a  passage  in  which  beauty  and  dignity  are  wondrously  mingled. 


Ex.  23  (continued.) 


£ 


^ 


^^ 


His      bur    -    then  is 


I 


light,      His       yo 

*  J 


is          ea    -     sy 


^ 


?=*: 


^^= 


42 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


/f) 

i        P 

> 

5TZ                J_r-rj 

~i:  ~  J  —  j^ 

/TV 

" 

And        His 

b 

15 

1 
ir 

z  ;  •  . 

^       —  p..  *  

then           is 

k 

—  (5*  19               (^ 

light. 

-^4 

»  ^-  —  f—  r 

5  1         - 

—  n^  

1          ^*          J 

The  allegro  of  the  chorus  "  All  we  like  sheep  have  gone  astray "  is  wholly 
built  on  subjects  from  a  duet  the  earlier  part  of  which  had  already  been  drawn 
upon  for  the  chorus  "  For  unto  us  a  child  is  bom."  They  are  set  out  in  Ex.  24. 

Ex.24. 

/  *  Sonrano. 

Messiah, 


Italian      ^  Bar  3 


Duets.        : 
No.  XVI.     (>1 
p.  127.        L 
ransposed  |p 

one  Tone        v 


Tran 
'lie 
down. 


All     we,  like     sheep  have  gone     a-    stray 
Soprano. 


etc. 


* — 3.^-+-^ 

So  per   pro   -  va         i      vos-tri  in-gan 


m 


'&*m 


etc, 

-  ni 


Soprano. 


Ex.  24.  (continued.) 


M 


Bar  11 


We  have    tur 


Tenor. 


ne<l 
etc. 


We  have      tur     -       nod 


I.D. 


dm-    ti    - 


Alto 


H 


I.D. 


^ 

ev'  -   ry 

one                to                     Jiis        own               way 

iff- 

/L  \> 

Soprano  I. 

•  

igzgr-J'    J             ^=^ 

H"  —  h  — 

P 

E    E 

ra;j.  -  n;',      rf?/c    /t*        -                           -     ran  -  ni 
'    73                                                                 ^^*-^  

^—  J  — 

sie-te  og  - 

-  m  \  \ 

nor.    . 
etc. 

—  I  

A*J 

-C  —  *  — 

—           T  — 

~T  —  •  — 

-J  

sie-te  og    -     nor. 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


43 


ijj£-r  1 

J      c 
3  —  ^  —  *  — 

gf  —  I*      h     J  1  1 

we    have 
Bar  30 

4==-  T-   f    r 
*              '  , 

tur    -     ned                             ev'-   ry 

^  —  f  f  r  —  K- 

—  b  b  ra  F  —  '  —  P  

Ir               |r             ^              ^ 

one     to      his     own    way, 

*  1.  i  i  — 

->  b  b— 

1  —  ii  T  

f       L           i. 

^              r           r            !              ff 

^- 

-^         s 

J  ft            Soprano  I. 

vve     liave      tur  -    m:d 

\            P          • 

—  i  —                 —  N  1  —  —} 

fin  \y  p  p  

H^-                    ~^  ^- 

-r  —  r  —  r  —  ^  —  iE 

SEE           ix         b 

I            J 

?v/;i   -     ni,                            d'ie      ti     - 

rnn  -    ni    sie-te  og  -  nor, 

Jf       I              V 

V 

\                    K         v         i 

^Lfc     [>  A 

—  t  F  F  F  f— 

—  f—         —  J— 

\>l/                    * 

I/      Ly 

•         J 

A*J 

^                      -J- 

H. 


I.D. 


-    ran  -  m 


sie-te  og  -  nor, 


The  Italian  text  is  a  defiance  of  <{  blind  love  and  cruel  beauty  "  whose  tyranny 
and  deceits  are  roundly  denounced  from  personal  experience.  The  music  set  to 
this  breathes,  when  transferred  to  the  chorus,  a  certain  heaven-defying  reckless- 
ness which  a  less  dramatically-minded  composer  than  Handel  would  hardly  have 
read  into  the  English  words.  Arrived,  however,  at  the  point  where  he  had 
thoroughly  worked  out  the  material  before  him,  we  see  this  wonderful  man 
girding  himself  for  a  final  stroke  and  making  the  very  audacity  with  which  he 
had  treated  his  text  supply  him  with  the  means  of  producing  a  magnificent  effect 
of  contrast  Abruptly  changing  the  time  to  adagio  and  passing  into  minor 
harmony,  he  bids  the  voices  enter  in  solemn  canonic  sequence,  and  his  chorus 
ends  with  a  combination  of  grandeur  and  depth  of  feeling  such  as  is  at  the 
command  of  consummate  genius  only. 


Soprano. 


Alto. 


Tenor. 


Bass. 


Adagio. 


Ex.  24  ('continued.) 


i      "   M 

^      H 

1  —  —  Fl  1 

j  j    r  I 

5 

:—  =  

And  the 

T~  f 

Lord  hath 

laid       on 

'"   qj-  J 

Him,    and   the 

| 

j—  =  

And     the 

Lord    hath 

4^ 

,    J    J 

r  / 

And    the 

Lord   hath 
—  0  

laid        on 

s 

>  —  ••  • 

And    the 

Lord    hath 

laid      on 

Him, 

44 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


Lord    hath 


laid       on 


Him,    hath 


laid        on 


Him, 


laid        ori 


Him,      on 


Him, 


hath 


laid        on 


Him,      on 


Him, 


hath 


^^ 


^ -•: 


-o- 


laid        on 


«r»^ 


The        Lord    hath          laid        on  Him 


thr.      in    -      i    -  qui  -  ty 


all. 


Beside  the  Italian  duets  quoted  from  above  there  are  others  written  by  Handel 
much  earlier,  according  to  Dr.  Chrysander  as  far  back  as  1712-1720.1  The  music 
of  one  of  these,  set  to  an  exhortation  to  abandon  love,  is  used  in  the  Messiah 
in  the  duet  "  0  death  where  is  thy  sting  ? "  and  also  occurs  as  a  subject  in  the 
succeeding  chorus  "  But  thanks  be  to  God : " 


1  Life  of  Handel,  vol.  L,  p.  367. 


ITALIAN    DUETS 
Ex.25. 


45 


Messiah. 
Duet. 

Messiah.   1 
Chorus.     1 

Italian 
Duets. 
No.  XIV. 
p.  108. 

i^~ 

^  —    —  ^  —    _- 

A 

Ito. 

hi  — 

s  —  ' 

I  

* 

b  i*    f  . 
y  — 

0 

—  J  '  *  
death,                    0 

—  *  
death, 

where, 

i  ra  s 

*  

^  

S         ' 

1  

—  3 

, 

:z_il  L 
it 

But 

.  —  m  —       —  i  ^  — 
thanks,                 but 

—  •  
thanks, 

_^d  1 

thanks, 

^ 

Aito. 

h*  — 

s    _ 

^   ^J    *  * 

• 

_  9 

—*  -  — 

-    sot  a   -    mo 


Messiah. 
Duet. 

Messiah.    1 
Chorus. 

^ 

5 
^_P 

^~- 

S  hi  

•  ^        ~.    J      j^ 

g 

-t 

H 

where         is             thy 

y  

sting?     0    death,             where     is      thy 
Tenor. 

S 

N* 

fl 

f\  —  r 

"H 

-•)  

->  \—                       V 
0    grave,                     0 

^"—  ^-=  i  E£  fe 

te 

-''                 ^                •                        —  ^ 

ZTj 

I3'  —                   F  P^  H*-5  "  — 

thanks       be  to 


God, 


thanks  be       to 


Soprano. 


Italian 
Duets. 


L  

—  >  c  j^- 

m.     •  —m  

i^ 

f- 

u4?-    ™     
^^^ 

=^TJ^  J    N 

~t  h       ^^ 

tu                      non 

^*  —  f  r  h«~     : 

p 

>  ^>    J   - 

.^-V-  -  •    J- 

jj/i  /^n^.      /?       nfii,-   tr 

-J  J  
rai.        lo        so 

-f-5H^ 

ie?i      i    - 

46 


ITALIAN    DUETS 


Messiah. 
Duet. 

\-#-  B5                •  -      —  *  — 

ht  — 

8b-2J*-~f  — 

^             sting? 

[I  A    p         -p-       -p~ 

e^e. 

=5  —  g= 

^       ^r  j 

grave,          where,  where  is 


thy        vie;     -      to  -  ry 


wuo  cor,      ti        pen  - 


Some  instances,  rendered  especially  interesting  by  their  occurrence  in  the 
Messiah,  have  now  been  produced  of  the  freedom  with  which  Handel  utilized 
compositions  of  his  own  which  had  already  done  duty  in  a  different  sphere.1  They 
are  the  only  ones  which  have  been  detected  in  that  masterpiece,  where,  so  far  as 
research  has  at  present  gone,  not  a  single  instance  has  been  found  of  the  intro- 
duction of  music  not  composed  by  Handel  himself.  One  would  fain  hope  that 
this  immunity  is  inherent  in  that  sublime  work  by  the  deliberate  will  of  the 
composer,  whose  religious  emotions  are  known,  from  his  own  statement,  to  have 
been  deeply  stirred  while  he  was  engaged  on  it. 


1  A  few  general  remarks  on  such  transferences  will  be  found  on  pp.  164,  166. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

CHARACTER  OF  RESULTS  ATTAINED  BY  HANDEL  WHEN  MAKING  USE  OF  PRE-EXISTING 
MATERIALS.  ISRAEL  IN  EGYPT  AFFORDS  UNIQUE  OPPORTUNITIES  FOR  STUDYING 
THESE  RESULTS.  DETAILED  COMPARISON  OF  PART  I.  OF  THAT  ORATORIO  WITH 
PORTIONS  OF  A  SERENATA  BY  STRADELLA,  AN  ORGAN-PIECE  BY  KERL  AND 
FOUR  EARLIER  COMPOSITIONS  OF  HANDEL'S  OWN. 


fact  of  Handel's  borrowings  from  other  composers'  works,  and  rearrange- 
1  ments  of  his  own,  may  now,  I  think,  be  regarded  as  established,  and  we 
have  to  consider  what  is  a  still  more  interesting  and  instructive  subject,  viz. 
how  he  dealt  with  his  sources,  what  kinds  of  effect  he  succeeded  in  working 
them  up  into,  and  what  is  the  result  of  comparisons  instituted  between  the 
merits  of  his  completed  work  and  those  of  the  compositions  utilized  in  their 
construction. 

It  happens  that  Handel's  choral  masterpiece  Israel  in  Egypt  affords  an 
unique  opportunity  of  seeing  his  mode  of  procedure  carried  out  on  a  great  scale, 
and  with  results  of  stupendous  grandeur  which  dwarf  into  insignificance  the, 
often  very  meritorious,  compositions  used  in  producing  them.  I  propose, 
therefore,  in  order  to  bring  all  this  out,  to  make  a  full  examination  of  that  truly 
astonishing  work  in  reference  to  the  various  sources  which  are  now  known  to 
have  been  drawn  upon  during  its  construction. 

No  antecedent  sources  are  known  to  exist  for  the  first  three  numbers,  viz. 
the  recitative  "  Now  there  arose,"  the  double  chorus  "  And  the  children  of  Israel 
sighed"  and  the  recitative  "Then  sent  He  Moses."  No.  4,  the  chorus  "They 
loathed  to  drink  of  the  river,  He  turned  their  waters  into  blood  "  is  formed  out 
of  an  organ-fugue,  No.  5  of  a  set  of  six  which  Handel  wrote  in  1720,1  but  did 
not  publish  until  1735,  three  years  before  he  composed  Israel  in  Egypt  The 
fugue,  which  stands  in  the  key  of  A  minor,  consists  of  74  bars.  Handel  cut  out 
32  of  these  and  transposed  the  rest,  extensively  remodelled,  into  the  key  of 
G  minor.  In  the  following  Example  I  give  the  entire  chorus  together  with  all 
the  corresponding  matter  of  the  organ-fugue  which,  for  convenience  of  comparison, 
I  have  transposed  into  the  key  of  the  chorus. 

1  Chrysander  :  Life  of  Handel,  vol.  IIL  p.  201. 


48 


Chorus. 


Fugue. 

Transposed 

one  Tone 

down. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 
Ex.26. 


.yr-t-2—  rr  _           —  _  — 

^   L^ui 

*    N^ 

ffi*  ^^ 

k)J    bJ    j     ^^ 

They  loa-thed  to 

drink    of  the  ri 

ver,      He    turn  -  ed  their 

| 

rrr 

fr  V  r  i 

They     loa-thed  to  drink     of    the    ri 


]TT 


e 

r 


g  g 


Tliey       loa-thed  to       drink      of   the    ri 


P^ 

7 

g  — 

j  

^v  — 

** 

tt*    "i" 

*  —  feri~    r  r 

c 

"E^«  —  1 

r 

—  -•— 

w 

A 

Hf       U 

»-hf  f"  ,  f:  ,- 

S  \> 

\ 

111  ^fcp:      =4- 

"f^ 

H^r- 

^ 

_JLT     ^ 

1 


JL 


N     N 


-  ters    in- to  blood 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

Ex.26  (continued.) 


49 


loa  -     thed    to  drink      of   the      ri 


ZA 


JS S 


it 


^ 


m 


j-  j  M 


^ 


w 


They   loa-thedto        -drink   of    the    ri    - 


50 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

Ex.  26  (continued.) 


¥ 


25  bars 
not  used. 


drink    of    the      ri    -  -   ver 


ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 


51 


Ex.  26  (continued.) 


S^ 


*"*    J 


m 


They    loa-thedto 


£ 


9  bars 
not  used. 


s 


52 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

Ex  26  (continued.) 


N       i 


^=^ 


wa  -  ters  in 


to    blood; 


they       loa  -    thed     to 
N         N 


ir 


lr 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT  53 

In  turning  this  old  organ-fugue  into  a  chorus  Handel  has  evidently  effected 
great  improvements  in  the  disposition  of  his  parts,  especially  in  bars  22,  23,  33-36, 
38-40.  But  a  power  of  a  much  higher  order  is  recognizable  in  the  imagination 
which  could  discern  in  a  not  exactly  inspiring  organ-piece  the  makings  of  a 
choral  picture  so  gruesomely  descriptive  as  that  which  Handel  has  succeeded  in 
producing.  It  suffices  to  play  over  on  the  pianoforte  first  the  passages  quoted  from 
the  organ-fugue  and  then  the  chorus,  giving  effect  in  the  latter  to  the  entries  of  the 
subject  on  "They  loathed"  and  the  descending  chromatic  scale-notes,  in  order  to 
realize  how  astonishing  this  power  is. 

The  Air  "  Their  land  brought  forth  frogs  "  has  not  been  shown  to  be  derived 
from  any  antecedent  source. 

The  ensuing  double  chorus,  (No.  6),  "  He  spake  the  word,"  is  taken,  as  far  as  the 
choral  parts  are  concerned,  with  few,  but  very  effective,  improvements,  from  a 
secular  serenata  composed  by  Alessandro  Stradella.  This  will,  therefore,  be  the 
proper  place  to  tell  the  little  that  is  known  about  that  composer,  from  whom,  as 
will  presently  be  seen,  Handel  took  a  good  deal  of  material. 

ALESSANDRO  STRADELLA  was  a  celebrated  Italian  composer  in  the  seventeenth 
century  and  became  the  central  figure  of  a  romantic  story  which  was  afterwards 
put  upon  the  stage  as  an  opera.1  Subsequent  researches  having  reduced  the 
historical  value  of  this  story  to  zero,  we  learn  from  Herr  Eitner2  that  the  course  of 
Stradella's  life  is  "  wrapped  in  complete  darkness."  The  dates  of  his  birth  and 
death  are  unknown  and  nothing  of  him  but  a  large  number  of  compositions  appears 
to  remain. 

A  score  of  one  of  these,  entitled  "II  Barcheggio"  bears  evidence  that  it 
was  composed  for  a  wedding-festivity  which  took  place  in  1681.  This  date  is 
written  on  two  pages  of  the  score,  as  is  also  a  statement  that  H  Barcheggio  was 
Stradella's  last  "sinfonia"  or  "  composizione"*  No  question  of  priority,  therefore, 
can  arise  between  a  work  by  Handel  and  one  by  Stradella,  whose  last  composition 
is  thus  fixed  at  a  date  four  years  earlier  than  Handel's  birth. 

Dr.  Chrysander  published,  in  1888,  as  No.  3  of  his  "Supplements,"4  an  edition 
of  the  serenata  by  Stradella  which  concerns  us  here,  together  with  indications  of 
where  Handel  had  used  it.  The  movement  on  which  the  chorus  "  He  spake  the 
word  "  is  built  up  is  an  orchestral  interlude  for  two  separate  groups  of  instruments, 
one  scored  for  two  violins  and  a  bass,  the  other  for  a  quartet  of  strings  with 
doubled  parts.  These  two  groups  alternate  with  each  other  throughout  the  move- 
ment in  phrases  varying  from  half-a-bar  to  two  bars  in  length.  This  arrangement 
may  well  have  suggested  to  Handel  the  idea  of  turning  the  movement  into  a  double 


1  Set  to  music  both  by  Flotow  and  by  Niedermeyer  in  the  same  year,  1837,  (Art.  in  Grove's 
Dictionary.)  2  M  usikalisches  Quellen-Lexicon,  article  '  Stradella.' 

3  Grove's  Dictionary.     1st  ed.  vol.  III.  p.  723  note  4.  *  See  ante  p.  xi. 


54 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


chorus,  which  is  what  he  did  by  adding  a  fourth  part  to  Stradella's  smaller  group, 
revising  his  counterpoint  with  occasional  masterly  touches  and  composing  descrip- 
tive passages  of  orchestral  accompaniment.  Handel's  chorus  and  the  movement 
from  Stradella's  Serenata— the  latter  taken  from  Dr.  Chrysander's.  edition— are 
given  in  full  in  the  following  example  : 


Ex.  27. 


1st 
Choir. 


Handel. 


2nd 
Choir. 


He   spake  the  word, 


J 


^=f^ 


And    there  came     all    man-ner   of 


And   there  came     all   man-ner    of 


He   spake  the  word, 


1st 
Choir. 


Handel. 


2nd 
Choir. 


<^  r  *  *  J  «  ff 

^= 

- 

flies,                  all   man-ner   of 

flies, 

\ 

| 

r        r               +  .  .. 
He     spake  the  word, 

OTT^  —  r  —  £  —  ^  —  ~  —  *  —  v  S 

J      i      •  

™ 

—  p  *  

flies,                  all  man-ner   of 

flies, 

—  '  —  5  »  —  1  —  ^ 

J    V  

He     spake  the  word, 


1st 
Choir. 


Handel. 


2nd 
Choir. 


iffr 

fc=       ^=±r   -f^- 

—  E  *  d  

^M^ 

/    J*      J    t 

1 

^"TT^ 

And     there    came 

^T= 

lice       in 

T~^ 

all     their 

quar 

F  f  
ters; 

N 

l;  -    l^    «T  -J- 

r  r 

N           N 

=4= 

J    ^ 

^ 

"•/-H- 

And    there    came 
7  

lice      in 

T^ 

all     their 

^= 

quar 

^^ 

ters; 

j^y  >y 

ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


55 


Handel. 


He  spake  the  word, 


Stradella 
p.  33. 


# 


J±t 


And  there  came  all  man-ner  of 


A.-   M. 


J" 

A 


flies, 


^)^-<1 

r  *     - 

^LL^= 

t)7 

*-!  « 

« 

!**  r 

||fcj:L^  C* 

-=-       -^rH1 

—  *  =  1 

^  1  J  p  •  ^  . 

•^  !?  —  ~ 

\ 

^  '      ^ 

_i  —  ^  

1  /L.   [j       /* 

~t  i^      J     » 

>    f  --f  —  1      f     d~  F~ 

J>  - 

(ff)  ^  —  5 

-^TT-r- 

*     \     .  f  —  f  —  —  -?  

-M-    — 

gEB 

4  La  r~t~ 

jra  A  A  A   A 

J 

56 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


J          J 


He  spake  the  word, 


H 


12 


T  *  ' ^"  £  r^ 


¥ 


And   there  came    all    man-ner    of 


flies, 


and  there  came 


|S        N         fe 

t^  j_l 
^^^-^ 


r 


i 


S. 


n  rjT  ^ 

-».-«•        —       •«•       2t 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


57 


He    spake    the   word, 


r    r 


ii 


^ 


Si 


lice, 


A 


and    there 


J1 


came      all     man-ner    of     flies    and    lice      in 


g  g  E   E^PS 


i 


=P=^F=  3*= 


58 


ISKAEL    IN    EGYPT 


M 


Is       h     /     J 

i * r 


and    there 


came     all    man-ner     of     flies    and    lice      in 


^^ 


^ 


all  their    quar    -      ters, 


J1  J 


e^ 


14444 


3=* 


^ 


¥ 


¥=^ 


ISKAEL    IN    EGYPT 


59 


e 


* 


-  g-  g  r 


He     spake  the  word, 


all  their  quar  -  ters, 

A 


and  there 


1 


r 


H 


17 


W 


i 


He  spake  the 


word, 


and  there 


came  all  manner  of  flies, 


I 


S 


*=^ 


A 


f 


60 


,1. 


came  all    man-ner    of     flies    and    lice       in 


g_   |/     y      ^    >z 


all   their   quar    -     ters, 


A 


H. 


7    '    f 

and  lice     in 


^ 


s 


^-^-^ 


S. 


^-^-H- 

r  j* 


ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 


61 


¥ 


J    J  J 


He        spake    the 


word, 


H. 


P^ 


23 


all     their   quar      -        ters, 


N          N          1 

A      A 


He        spake     the    word, 


*-.- 


^_J.J_J^ 


S. 


62 


ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 


^ 


* 


came    all    man-ner   of     flies, 


^ 


He     spake  the  word, 


25 


He  spake  th 


word, 


i 


He  spake   the 


fc|:.;    • 


f          E 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


63 


J=i 


rt 


^ 


I.J  J  J  J  J 


p 


* 


^ 


f=5=f 

flies    and    lice      in        all    their   quar 

J*        J 

ta 


And    there  came   all    man-ner  of 


H 


t^ 


word, 

M 


^ 


^ 


64 


ters, 

||*?qV-  ^     4- 

_ 

— 

->£--£—       —  e—  - 

\ 

28 

N       n      fe     fe    s 

29 

Is      N      r      h    JN     -T*      1 

^/      i    J            V                 P 

P*      L                    J            J 

j     r  uJ  yj  •  L*    J 

XL     r»            j         .  J 

J  W  *       L*        *       J  • 

VjTv)  ^  ftK  . 

—  ^  —  *H*  F    hp  —  *— 

L  ^                —  ^F  —  ^i  — 

r 
and 

*  f  ^rr^ 

there  came     all    man-ner  of 

v         N 

^          fc      fe      i 

flies    and    lice     in      all    their  qiiar    - 

N       N         s 

r  ^   iM_A-_±_± 

^"\*      j        i 

F  —  ltd  *           'F  

—  •  —  F  —  tf  —  P  F  —  ff  

"x  —  !•>  —  ?  1*^" 

—  F—     E3S  —  F    P 

*            ir      >     P      L 

H. 


£ 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

^ 


65 


He  spake, 


II 


and      the       lo  -  custs    came     with-  out 


30 


31 


-   ters, 


He 


spake, 


66 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


mim-ber  and    de-vour'd   the  fmits    of  the 


round, 


A 


and    the     lo  -  custs  came  with-out 


T= 
J 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


67 


$L$  — 

ati  ^^ 

L  J  /-T  J 

and               de-vour'd    the 

r     / 
fruit    of  the  ground. 

\ 

'tH$*f  **}*-& 

j  /;  J  j 

(3     E  P  P  P  P  P    P  P  P" 

num-ber  and  de-votir'd  the  friiit    of  the 

"^T'  —  f~~0  —  r  —  r  —  b  —  p  —  i*  —  i*n*~ 

r  •  P  p  r  r 

ground,  and  de-vour'd    the 

fruit   of  the  ground. 

iEI  —  *—  h  —  i^-^^  —  ±  —  b  —  1»  —  ^   ^ 

—f  ^  *—          —  f  

—  f—  f  &  

*t± 


/Cs 


68  ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

Handel  opens  his  chorus  with  seven  bars  based  on  Stradella's  material,  but  in 
five  of  these  the  sopranos  and  altos  alone  take  part.  Thus  a  sforzando  effect  is 
produced  when,  after  bar  8,  where  continuous  borrowing  from  Stradella  begins, 
mixed-voices  harmony  is  for  the  first  time  heard. 

In  bar  12  Handel  obtains  increased  vigour  by  his  added  D  in  the  first  choir  and 
by  lowering  Stradella's  semi-quavers  an  octave. 

In  bar  17  the  two  choruses  overlap  on  the  3rd  beat  with  a  greatly  enhanced 
effect,  which  is  heard  again  in  bars  22,  23  and  25. 

In  bars  22  and  23  there  is  a  fine  free  movement  in  the  two  soprano  parts  where 
Stradella  has  none. 

In  bars  28  and  29  the  counterpoint  is  immensely  improved. 

In  the  last  beat  of  bar  30  and  the  first  of  bar  31  a  wonderful  impression  of 
finality  is  conveyed  by  the  Octave  rise  of  the  basses  and  the  Fifth  drop  of  the 
sopranos  on  "  He  spake,"  where  nothing  of  the  kind  exists  in  Stradella.  Handel 
has  reinforced  these  improvements  by  an  accompaniment  of  florid  violin-passages 
in  demi-semiquavers,  which  pervades  the  whole  chorus,  to  suggest  the  buzzing  of 
the  flies,  and  in  bars  31-34  by  a  moving  bass  in  semi-quavers,  to  illustrate  the 
heavier  calamity  of  the  locusts  coming  "  without  number "  to  "  devour  the  fruits 
of  the  ground."  Chrysander  remarks  that  "  the  originality  of  the  chorus  rests 
upon  this  accompaniment." :  Only  if  the  narrowest  and  most  literal  meaning 
be  assigned  to  "  originality  "  can  I  admit  this.  In  a  higher  sense  true  originality 
appears  to  me  to  be  required  in  order  to  discern  in  Stradella's  simple,  and 
a  trifle  jog-trot,  piece  of  chamber-music  the  potentiality  of  being  developed 
into  a  chorus  which  should  present  with  almost  terrifying  energy  the  issuing  of 
the  supreme  behest  and  its  dire  fulfilment.  As  was  well  said  half-a-century  ago  : 

"  The  imitation  of  the  buzzing  of  insects  in  the  accompaniment  to  Handel's 
chorus  in  Israel  in  Egypt  "  He  spake  the  word  and  there  came  all  manner  of  flies  " 
were  merely  an  ingenious  trifle,  but  for  the  superlative  grandeur  of  the  choral 
passages  which  tell  of  the  Almighty  fiat." 2 

The  orchestral  introduction  to  the  next,  the  famous  "  Hailstone,"  chorus,  (No.  7), 
probably  the  greatest  popular  favourite  of  the  entire  oratorio,  is  made  up  of  eleven 
bars  taken  from  the  opening  of  the  '  Sinfonia '  to  Stradella's  Serenata,  and  four 
from  that  to  a  bass  song  in  the  same  work,  the  former  standing  in  the  key  of  D, 
the  latter  in  that  of  A.  Handel's  contribution  to  his  own  prelude  consists  at  most 
in  three  original  bars  as  against  fifteen  taken  from  Stradella. 

1  Life  of  Handei  vol.  III.  p.  66. 
a  Townsend  :  "  Visit  of  Handel  to  Dublin : "  Dublin  1852  p.  92. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 
Ex.  28. 


JIandel. 


(Organ  Solo.) 


Stradelle, 
p.2. 

(Transposed 
one  Tone 
down.) 


69 


J  Q 

fs           [                            [l.-r...] 

~$\~:l     £  £- 

—  ^  —  H  — 

...  J^.......     .£            .  «y.      X  

ht—  *~ 

*/  •  F 

Oboe 
Bass 

S  &                                   Stri 

non. 

—  J  ^~ 

IgS. 

Oboes  & 
Bassoon. 

^.  .,  1  ^~ 

r 

r    s        r 

r 

fs— 

*^-T*  —  J  »  — 

—  -s  \f— 

~~*  —  =  —  p= 

~^~~ 

—87— 

1         * 

__J  £  _J  C  

7      m 

J/  ^    Sinfonia. 

h        ' 

N   i    i 

r 

-V^              •  J                    v 

j 

P>                                  J           > 

I 

XL   Y  —  J  $— 

•/   r  - 

r-                                    2           f-           7 

y^_ 

=¥= 

Groi 

f^— 

!- 
pl. 

i  r 

Group  II.                         Group  I. 

tL-\  1*               1* 

•  1.  «5  —  ^  ^  — 

E  

—  ± 

—*<  —  fc— 

t      *i 

A 

y  «    ?-      ?> 

7       • 

m           f 

i    ^ 

r           7 

H. 


-fo-^  *  1         j 

1     ^ 

i  —  f-  v    r 

H  —  *  —  £  — 

Oboes  & 

i 

Oboes 

a 
i  & 

T 

Bassoon.                        Strings.                               Bassoon.                               Stri 

)gs. 

IZTEi  1  x  h  H  v  

. 

^_  =           _^_  ._^.  

—  ^  v  — 

^  ?  

J       *        *        7*»        f         7% 

1                *                    /                ^ 

i        r         r 

S. 


Group  I . 


Js^ii 


Group  II. 


Group  I. 


Group  II. 


70 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


pp 


Stradflla  p.  50. 

1 Transposed 
a  Minor  Third  up.1 


t 


^3 


•xW  *  — 

0  

0  

0  

: 

»->- 

— 

•  

9  

*—"_.— 

*  —  r—  *— 

*J 

! 

i 

0- 

0- 

0- 

f 

•    ]*• 

-f  — 

—  1  — 

•r 

•  — 

•     * 



3= 

-  —+•  _ 

1  

m 

ffvP  ^~"  *~~ 

^                                                       1 

^"    *   ' 

B. 

*-          i 

c.  ] 

0- 

H" 

!LJ*      i 

L-r    = 

{ 

^— 

p  — 

2 

'  —  v  —  W  — 

1     1 

0  — 

• 

{— 

•  

QSS 

• 

• 

0     - 

t 

*      • 

p 

r 

f 

1         • 

• 

w 

•> 

* 

• 

etc. 

N  

Z^P 

^  !•  — 

P 

0  —  —  —  i 

p  — 

*  — 

—  —  •  — 

v  —  l*  — 

—  if  —  " 

N          " 

—  C— 

~^t- 

^-4-  —  \—     —  f— 

• 

H 

J— 

P— 

E^ 

i— 

f—  J 

»— 

f— 

0  —  1 

r— 

g 

-y1- 

• 

H8  —  - 

^- 

p— 

p 

*  — 

^ 

V 

J— 

p 

0- 

p 

etc. 

N 

L 

r-1 

ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


71 


The  fine  flowing  passage  set  to  the  words  "  ran  along  upon  the  ground "  is 
written  on  a  bass  in  Stradella's  song,  the  second  bar  of  which  had  already  appeared 
in  the  symphony  to  it,  and  been  incorporated  in  Handel's  sixteenth  bar : 

Ex.  28.  (continued.) 


Handel 
bar  30. 

Stradella 
P.  51.      i 
tr.  a  Minor  | 

u-    J  J   J      j>    i  —  n  f  5  -T- 

I 

X                      p  • 

—  *  •  — 

^' 

JE 

fm       <                i                            r 

'  F         m        m                 i* 

^V      f-                                         L 

r        r                 i 

ran                           a 

>                    1                  •*• 
f                 •*                  — 

/         [/        1 
long     up  -  on                the 

J*         N        I                           £ 

ground 

1 

fc  J*  pi  ~~|^  9  

i  v  '  — 

1     _L_^>rf                                      • 

"**"^                      1                                                                            1                         '                         1  .4 

Q        y 

ran                                                         a,                 long-                             up   -    on        thw 

ground 

/       p.    f.    £     £    £                     m    + 

»):    L_  —  L  —  L  —  L  —  L  —  * 

-t  -m  ?— 

• 

-^jC—                                                                     j  

vv  *  *  r=  c  J 

;/  

Third  up.  ^^     se-guir    non     vo  -  glio        piu,     no,    no,     no,     no,     no,  no 


Finally  an  energetic  phrase  is  taken  from  the  same  song,  and  its  force  greatly 
intensified  by  the  repetition  of  its  first  bar  and  the  extension  of  its  descending 
scale. 


Handel 


(Tenor.  > 


Stradella 


Ex.  28.  (continued.) 


XL      f             i*                      i* 

-—  p  —  ^   I     — 

-*  1  

rm       EZH  1                               / 

'              1-4                                                                         '           Jl 

saz              r      L«                  *    Lc 

r                                                                                              ^ 

l'                m 

V»J                        r                           (^ 
min.-gled   with             the  hail     r 

in      a.     -      limp-                      up-  on   t,l 

ie      ground 

(W     f  r  f        ^ 

=-f  f  r  r  r 

•Mr-    -y  —  &—                           i 

^—  -v  —  ix—  fa  —  F— 

1  X            —  t  —  —  

sen-  za     Var 

-  wit     del-lo    sde-gno, 

Of  the  chorus  proper,  apart  from  the  opening  symphony  (which  is  repeated  at 
the  close,  cut  down  to  half  its  length  and  with  no  original  matter  introduced)  nearly 
one-half  is  mere  rearrangement,  or  contrapuntal  development,  of  the  phrases  from 
Stradella  which  have  been  set  out  in  Ex.  28. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  these  supply  the  most  interesting  material  to  be  found 
in  the  chorus,  but  there  remain  as  Handel's  property  the  vigorous  alternating 
entries  of  the  two  choirs  and  the  wonderful  choral  shouts  of  "  fire  "  first  with  simple 
accompaniment  and  at  last  with  a  magnificent  moving  bass.  But,  when  all  has 
been  said,  we  are  no  nearer  to  understanding  how  it  was  that  Handel  could  detect 
the  possibilities  which  lay  hid  in  these,  to  ordinary  observers  rather  uninteresting 
passages,  and  work  them  up  with  other  matter  of  his  own  into  a  colossal  sound- 


72 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


picture,  vivid,  sublime,  instinct  with  a  terrible  energy  and  perfectly  homogeneous 
from  one  end  to  the  other.  While  we  must,  I  think,  rank  the  power  of  doing  this 
less  highly  than  that  of  producing  an  entirely  original  composition  of  equal  merit, 
the  name  of  genius  can  hardly  be  refused  to  it  when  it  attains  such  results  as  are 
embodied  in  the  "  Hailstone  chorus," 

Passing  over  No.  8,  the  chorus  "  He  sent  a  thick  darkness,"  which  appears  to  be 
original,  we  come  to  No.  9,  the  chorus  "  He  smote  all  the  first-born  of  Egypt."  The 
subjects  of  it  are  taken  from  another  of  the  set  of  organ-fugues  mentioned  above,1 
but,  as  the  treatment  of  them  diverges  widely  after  their  first  entry,  it  will  suffice 
to  compare  the  opening  eight  bars  of  the  two  compositions,  as  is  done  in  the  next 
Example : 

Ex.  29. 

the  chief 


Chorus. 


J  Q 

>  J       -f--^  J     _f   hJ      J.          -T  i^J— 

rfl  —  f  ' 

~^  —  J~ 

—  *  

y-  —  f  

I  ^^    \_/ 

*     * 

V}-  L/ 

•/         «               5HMI5IB 

He  smote  all  the 

first-born     of    E     - 

7  *  C  r   C    *  r  r 

gyp*.  X    /      /    L  '     J 

Thechinf  of     all 

•fc-\*  -  ^ 

/•  f* 

iM 

•• 

•1 

J    \J 

Fugue  No.l. 

(Transposed 

one  Tone 


=      i=J    - 

i     r*i  J 

• 

pn 

-i=--=i- 

h  J     J    J 

*L                         J 

HB-        -J1L- 



'    Lm& 

_         of      all 


their      strength 


Fugue. 


1  p.  47. 


73 


Chorus. 


^-            4 

rt  tt~  m  F  

41 

—  m  —           _»      —  gp   »P 

•frp  

The  chief  of        _____ 

0L__JL_J           1*       "*"      •       "1"     J 

r    *[jTL-j 

•c?  ^  .  j 

J; 

4V                                     r- 

V*    *?—  ->  —  P—        

SF       F 

—  p-  — 

-^  J  L  €-  1  , 

—  br  — 

-+  

~^N, 

1                                        •»    * 

P"""^   !          i  —  r"!  ."1 

1 

Fugue. 


The  next  chorus  (No.  10),  "  But  as  for  His  people,"  consists,  of  168  bars  of  which 
117  appear  to  be  Handel's  property,  while  51  are  evidently  made  out  of  a  phrase  in 
a  soprano  song  in  Stradella's  Serenata  which  Handel  has  transferred  bodily,  with 
its  canonic  accompaniment  shortened  by  one  bar,  as  shown  in  the  next  Example  :  — 


Ex.  30. 


Sopranos. 


Handel 
bar  15. 

Stradella 

P.    ift. 

(Original 
Key-signature 
C  Major.) 

-j/-y  :j  >   >   >.  r 

• 

O-*  

*-  —  1 

• 

./      ' 

r»        • 

3  

w  —  4  — 

^ 

f 

I      r 

2*  ' 

—  F 

r  — 

^ 

Violins  I 

He 

&  II. 

led,_ 

He 

—  /  — 

led  them 

"  —  '        n 
forth          like 

WE::   i 

_?.  , 

« 

*  h 

v 

>>r; 

J- 

J    j 

Instrumental  bat 

ITJ 

^ 

% 

r    f 

| 

/*  TI 

J 

-?sH  

^^    —  4  —  ^ 

^s  — 

^^ 

--^  

Soprano. 
fc  >  —             1 

•  ^_!  p  - 

-w-  4  —  ' 

| 

f       1              - 

10 

^}?/r       sfi    -    ^wi 

-     rn 

r     ^  -^ 

^    ' 

1 

Instrumental  bass. 

,  

r  

P^  —  4— 

o 

£* 

—  Q_!  

74 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


Violins  1  &  El. 


Handel  first  makes  his  Altos  sing  this  phrase  in  the  key  of  Gr  and  then  his  Sopranos 
in  that  of  C  (as  in  the  Example) :  next  the  Tenors  sing  it  in  the  same  key,  the  Altos 
chiming  in  at  the  end  with  an  ingeniously  constructed  little  imitative  tag, 

Ex.  30.  (continued.) 


TV                    U 

• 

• 

• 

f       f        i 

fm             ' 

r        r 

J—  A.    S 

J—  J.    1 

i            i 

He 

^                ^^ 

*•    TT 

—  B^  — 

^-- 

, 

He          led,. 


He          led. 


them      forth likt 


lr-£—  5-                                                     i 

V^y^ 

1  

led                            tlle.m 

forth 

,  —  ^ 

J    | 

f~    ^      v    x 

^r  —  i 

V     / 

He         led,. 


He         led. 


etc. 


after  which  the  Basses  sing  the  phrase  and  the  Tenors  the  tag.  Finally  the 
Sopranos  sing  the  phrase  again  in  the  key  of  D,  the  other  voices  taking  over 
Stradella's  figure  of  accompaniment,  shortened  as  before,  and  the  Sopranos 
emphasizing  the  close  by  an  octave  drop  simultaneously  with  the  entry  of  the 
Basses : 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


75 


Ex.  30.  (continued.) 
He         led___         them      forth like 


J"       J-~^-l              ^        1                 h 

i 

—  »  a*  /  *  — 

•  —  ffj  —  *  —  i 

—  -  —  

1         ~\'*       ~=^ri 

l-Xu  — 

_j  —  J  —  - 

He 

9'*     V 

5 

— 

*~ 

j^t£f=^-                            -, 

^        ^           1 

n  —  =1 

led.                           He 

i           I                  \ 

*-      -0-       7    *- 

-r—  r  7  E 

1  H  d  t  h  «m 

Mr  7^ 

forth  like 

J^J     J 

—  ~Z2T*  

r^- 

sheep 

? 

A  U  J  *  -'  A 
^E.  C"^"  /  ^^ 

^r- 

, 

*£$  — 

-*  i  !•— 

—  ^  — 

In  this  manner,  if  we  count  in  two  bars  of  orchestral  continuation,  Stradella's 
phrase  of  eight  bars  is  elongated  into  thirty-nine.  Later  on  in  the  chorus  his  bit  of 
canonic  imitation  appears  first  for  the  Basses  and  Tenors  and  then  for  the  Altos 
and  Sopranos : 

Ex.  30.  (continued.) 


^  y  « 

^  .  

—  —  — 

—  >  V-=  —  j-  —  «  —  - 

™           y 

r" 

- 

N 

i 

H-  t 

—  « 

-^  •  —  - 

He 

UMI 

— 

^ 

He 

led  

them 

f< 

^r 
>rth 

—  r  

like 
like 

sheep 

**  fe 
*/  j 

-1  

sheep 

IE  ^ 

m^J 

it 

.£ 

<1, 

*  * 

H 

He 

led_ 

| 

them 

forth 

like 

-^v     "• 

1  ^~  

sheep 

- 

^^__ 

rr  i 



i  

- 

^N 

which,  with  two  more  bars  of  orchestral  finish,  complete  the  tale  of  fifty-one  bars 
which  Handel  has  contrived  to  spin  out  of  Stradella's  phrase  of  less  than  nine  bars. 
But  for  all  that,  the  effect  produced  is  unflaggingly  fresh  and  completely  congruous 
with  the  words  sung. 


76 


JSEAEL    IN    EGYPT 


The  chorus  which  comes  next  in  order,  (No.  11),  "Egypt  was  glad  when  they 
departed  "  presents  an  instance  of  appropriation  which  is  extreme  even  for  Handel. 
A  celebrated  German  organist  JOIIANN  CASPAR  KERL  (1628-1693)  published  at 
Munich  in  1686,  one  year  after  Handel's  birth,  a  work  entitled  Modulatio 
Organica  super  Magnificat.  A  mnzona  contained  in  that  work  reappears,  with 
hardly  any  alterations  beyond  what  were  required  to  adapt  an  organ-piece  for 
performance  by  voices,  as  the  chorus  now  before  us.  The  following  Example  in 
which  I  have  printed  Kerl's  canzona  as  it  appears  in  an  undated  edition  published 
at  Amsterdam1  will  make  this  surprising  fact  quite  manifest. 

Ex.  31. 

Chorus  "Egypt  was  glad  when  they  departed." 


(The  Soprano 

Clef  is 
used  in  the 
original/J 
Handel. 


J    J 


±L 


Canzona   for  the  Organ. 


£^ 


^^ 


Kerl. 


H. 


1  Kindly  placed  at  my  disposal  by  Dr.  A.  H.  Mann. 


H. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


77 


ti-j-1  -1  J  1 

,  i  j  J    =, 

j  i      j 

r1  —  =  —  i 

t  p      r  f- 

(Q  ±L  

f  r  r  r 

—s  —  —  -j  —  *  — 

j  ^  J  j 

^    r  r   r  1 

r  r   -f- 

~n  

±3 


r  r  r 


rs 


H. 


J^-  

J= 

J_ 

;. 

j- 

1  J  J 

j  j 

S 

.    * 

f 

^ 

i 

j 

"2 

V- 

J 

rr  r  r 
j  j  j 

"73  V  

l^_'_!  

=i= 

r  r  i 

\\  r  r  ! 

^=^ 


H. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


„, 


pa=£ 


K. 


•J  J  J  J 


^^ 


SEE^Ed; 


±=fe 


mM 


~f 


H. 


A 


£^ 


^_ 


K. 


i 


±     ^. 


^ 


^ 


"For  the  fear  of  them  fell  upon  them!' 


r  T 


J 


H. 


•y-y- 


K. 


79 


•^ 


^e 


f= 


S 


-G- 


J   J     J    J 


II. 


r 


r 


K. 


80 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


1=3 


H. 


pp^ 


^ 


m 


K. 


jOTtf 


r 


H. 


i  , 


$ 


-± 


r  r  >r  r 


feM 


J==E 


^ 


K. 


ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 

i_^^       >N 


81 


Ifz^zzzi-aPJ^L        SS_ 
aEBE^^==feEE 


H. 


!  *       s  S  i      ^  ^ 

-•<       ^  n 

»•  *    •*•  J 


ro 


K. 


i^^§^ 


b'l      M 


82 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


As  Kerl  published  his  cartzona  in  1686,  when  Handel  was  only  one  year  old, 
his  priority  is  beyond  dispute.  Curiously  enough  Sir  John  Hawkins,  in  his 
'History  of  Music,'  which  appeared  in  1776,  published  an  inaccurate  version  of  this 
canzona  "  as  a  specimen  of  Keii's  style  of  composition  for  the  organ," 1  evidently  in 
entire  ignorance  of  the  use  to  which  Handel  had  turned  it,  38  years  earlier,  in 
Israel  in  Eyy-pt. 

Fortunately  nothing  prevents  our  regarding  the  next  chorus  (No.  12),  "  He 
rebuked  the  Eed  Sea,"  as  anything  but  what  it  has  always  been  taken  for — a 
tremendous  stroke  of  original  genius.  The  remark  attributed,  I  think,  to 
Beethoven,  that  when  Handel  chose,  he  could  "  strike  like  a  thunderbolt," 
thoroughly  applies  to  these  mighty  eight  bars.  Nor  does  the  inspiration  take  any 
lower  level  in  that  superb  oceanic  commingling  of  sublimity  and  loveliness,  the 
chorus  (No.  13)  "  He  led  them  through  the  deep,"  though  for  its  original  form 
Handel  went  back  more  than  thirty  years  to  a  work  which  he  had  composed  in  Rome 
in  1707,2  a  setting  of  Psalm  CX.  in  Latin  (Dixit  Dominus)  for  a  five-part  chorus, 
orchestra  and  organ.  A  double  fugue  in  this  work  to  the  wrords  "  Tu  es  sacerdos 
in  cete'mwin  wcundum  ordinem  Melchisedech  "  contains  the  germ  from  which 
the  chorus  now  undnr  consideration  was  developed. 

In  the  Psalm,5  the  movement  opens  as  follows,  the  Basses  singing  the  first 
subject  while  the  upper  voices  take  the  much  shorter  and  quicker  second  subject 
in  canonic  imitation  and  development  : 


Soprano  I. 


Soprano  II. 


Alto. 


Bass. 


•)'•  >  n  t 


Ex.  32. 


>SV  -  c-nn  -  ditm 


j* 

9 


tie  -  c,un  -  dinn      or  -  di-  nem     Mel  - 


Tu 


Vol.  V.  p.  96.  *  Chrysander  ;  Life  of  Handel,  vol.  I.  p.  162. 

3  Which  I  quote  from  the  German  Handel  Society's  edition,  vol.  38,  p.  79. 


83 


flX   i  v  —  j,  —  p— 

-*  P  p  —  i  p  =—  -P—  *  

^       *i      r  "p  ~~i 

£b-^  —  S  —  ?- 

-'  —  '<     i   t    i  —  |  —  '    J    « 

cw»-  rf?/?n     or  -  di  -  nem    Mel  -  chi  -  se  -  de 
~~?  ^  S  —  &  =3  ^~~ 

fi^,                        se  -  cun-dum 
J          ^      p-    r  

tJ 
or  -    di  - 

JP    ^_v_ 

nem    Mel-  chi  -  se  -  deck,                       se  -  cu 

•  .  j>  J  j>  N  n  L 

-*  ^  p  p  

n-dum     or  -  di  -  nem    Mel  - 

^  — 

c#?  -  se  - 

^=    ?  J  ^  J  ^^^^=^-^-~j= 

deck,                       se  -  cun  -  dum     or  -  di  -  nem    Mel  -  chi  -  se  -  deck, 

~F~              -f—              -L 

IE_Z         )     .        : 

—     \            r  —  - 

-    dos 


-ter 


In  Itfi'vcl  in  Egypt  the  double  chorus  opens  by  the  Basses  giving  out  the  first 
subject  accompanied,  in  unison,  by  the  instrumental  basses  only,  but  instead  of 
singing  the  whole  octave-scale  as  in  the  Psalm,  they  plunge  down  a  Seventh  upon 
the  word  '  deep  '  with  a  wonderfully  fine  effect : 


Ex.  32.  (continued.) 


p>^V^=  *-      ~ 

—  F  1*  — 

F  1 

m  _ 

=4= 

=4= 

t^f-b^  —          J^_ 

He 

led        t 

lem 

th 

"ough     the 

=3= 

deep, 

—  W— 

He 

led 

4=^ 

them 

iv    > 

J^  —  [•  tr  i  

0  

r  

* 

*=$=\ 

f-  

?=$-  HS  — 

through        the          deep  as          through        a  wil     -     der  - 


84 


ISBAEL    IN    EGYPT 


In  the  last  Soprano  entry  of  this  subject  the  plunge  is  deferred,  with  increased 
effect  until  close  upon  the  end  of  the  subject : 


Ex.  32.  'continued. 


He  lei 


led       them     through     the  deep,      He         led       th 


m  m 

^?=] 

^E~ 

9             1* 
t  ?  

•— 
f- 

—  F— 

-*=| 

through        the          deep  as          through        a  wil     •      der  -  ness 

The  second  subject,  modified  in  various  ways,  is  constantly  at  work  throughout, 
first  in  the  orchestra  only  and  then  both  there  and  in  the  voices.  Thus  the  opening 
of  the  Psalm-inovement  gives  a  rough  scheme  which  is  adhered  to  in  the  double 
chorus,  but  with  a  richness  and  exuberant  variety  of  effects  which  make  tho  earlier 
composition,  fine  as  it  undoubtedly  is,  pale  into  comparative  insignificance 

The  companion  picture  describing  the  destruction  of  Israel's  pursuers  is  drawn 
with  tremendous  force  in  the  following  chorus  (No.  14)  "  But  the  waters  over- 
whelmed their  enemies."  The  original  idea  for  this  too  was  taken  by  Handel  from 
one  of  his  earlier  works,  the  Chaudos  anthem  "  The  Lord  is  my  light "  composed 
between  the  years  1717  and  18201  while  he  was  music-director  to  the  Duke  of 
Chandos.  It  appears  there  in  the  form  of  the  orchestral  prelude3  to  a  soprano  song 
set  to  the  kindred  words  "  It  is  the  Lord  that  ruleth  the  sea  : " 


Ex.  33. 


Chorus. 


Orchestra. 


Anthem. 
(Prelude.; 


But  the   wa-ters     o      -      ver 


=*=E£ 


1  Chrysarider :  Life  of  Handel,  vol  I.  p.  458. 
2  Which  I  quote  from  the  German  Handel  Society's  edition,  vol.  35,  p.  198  sq. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


85 


^=^^=:^ 


whelm      -       ert       their    e 


ne-mes, 


m 


EM 


Or. 


s 


53 £~ 

=^*=5=Cp 


q?^ 


etc. 


An. 


Ch. 


Or. 


there          was  not, 

i  i  I 


Bar? 


^ 


one  of         them  left,        there 

^s. 


An. 


Bar  2  continued. 


==e 


8G 


An. 


Ch. 


one          of        them  left,  there 


±    1 


left, 


E  3 


etc. 


Or. 


r1^1^^^    FfT-Fi 


An. 


-^r-u'i 
SsiBzE 

:     JT 

f-s  

^jT  

•>   f 

ir— 

Tr 

*  

,  M 

s= 

r 

j.             -^^ 

ISRAEL    IN    EGPYT 


87 


The  short,  but  extraordinarily  impressive,  double  chorus  (No.  15),  "  And  Israel 
saw  that  great  work,"  contains  such  palpable  discharges  of  creative  energy  that  it 
may,  I  hope,  be  set  down  to  Handel's  sole  initiative.  It  is  followed  by  the  chorus 
(No.  16),  "And  believed  the  Lord,"  consisting  of  63  bars,  46  of  which,  i.e.  nearly 
three-quarters  of  the  whole  chorus,  are,  with  but  small  modification,  taken  from,  or 
built  up  on,  a  soprano  song  accompanied  by  two  violins  and  a  bass  in  Stradella's 
Serenata.  Example  34  sets  out  the  first  17  bars  of  the  chorus  with  the  corres- 
ponding passages  in  the  song  : 


Handel. 


Ex.  34. 


X  U7i    3    =  — 

_r  

—  _... 

—  •»  — 

(fo     *-g  — 

*J 

And       be    - 

lie  -  ved     the 

—  .       J.  . 

-_jL^ 

J    J    J 

*)•  i  b     o               & 

—  

r> 

S     n    a    *) 

rj           f^j             5" 

i^ 

-^     "   ?    ^ 

1 

^ 

a  c>              w^ 

1                                    IT'1' 

And       be     -      lie  -  ved      the          Lord      and      His          ser       -        vant 


Handel. 


Stradella 

p.  31. 
(Original 
Key-signature 

one  flat.) 


And    be    -     lie  -ved       the 
And    be    -     lie  -  ved    the        Lord. 

S  0    l>                                                        !_d__J_    _1_J 

M                                          ^V 

i  /a 

/^L        r> 

^* 

LV      V        B* 

r  iiS      ^              ^j 

^PJ 

Ho                1^  Z 

L/                           M              F*^            f*'/ 

^-j                 F^ 

^             r 

Lord     and   His 

,     ^    J    J 

r  r  r 

ser     -       vant 

"r" 

and    His 

ser       -       vant 

e       J 

^0^ 

"il       ^      J 

4\*    k                               ^ 

1 

•1«  i  !?                     |O» 

•• 

/    U           AI                   o 

^ 

^7           ?2          • 

-s     v    y                   i 

i       i 

S                                i                                                         !           1 

Mo  -  ses,    His         ser     -      vant         Mo  -  ses 

Soprano. 

Jf        \     ^                  "•£ 

z 

« 

~f\_  \%         *y       ^—      !• 

•• 

— 

v     i        P 

I  ^ft               ^            *ii 

1 

v-  V/                       ^ 

1 

1 

I     1   J 

J    i 

ter-  ri  al     di    - 

1              ill 

_y  i  b>       »j              ^d 

2 

2Z 

i 

/T   ^         o 

rj       r)       & 

V 

L                  J  hJ 

£ 

Ho  •           «l    •   H 

Violins  I  & 

:  H. 

w),      7  o  j-«  

—  19  ^  ~  — 

'  '  72  

—  <9  ^  —  

S    }>    7  ^  

e  — 

*» 

_^  —  ;  __p_  

Instrumental  bass. 

U  1  =|  1 

88 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


Lord    and     His  ser 


vant 


And  be    -    lie-vt-il     tlui         Lord  and   His        ser 

i 
r— I f- 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


89 


After  four  bars  of  continuation  on  these  materials   Handel  produces  (bars  22-31) 
the  following  burst  of  inspiration  : 


Ex.  34-  ^continued.) 


r^-*L      J 

J    J 

SE=±  —  f  —  -f  — 

and        the 

A    A 

S                    •» 

peo     -            -    pie 

fea    -    red        the 

-^  r  M 

Lord     and        be 

uLi? 

—  »-             V            B 

•J~'V\r 

1 

_j?  (L    -P  H 

—p  —  j.  —  1  

1 

1          i                               ' 

ii 

,                i 

1  1  

J 

—  ?y  

3  —  d  — 

L—  4  



=^z 

-(  — 

^ 

—  -p  — 

^  —  &  — 

h**  —  ~  —  &  —  ' 

s 

iV 

-f-f-4-^? 

~~fl  

1          1 

lie  -  ved    the 

J       ^      J. 

Lord 

and            His 
i 
A.      **. 

r 

st 

•* 

*r       - 

\  r  r 

vant     Mo    - 
"*"         c> 

-  ses 





0— 

-p  o  

The  rest  of  the  chorus  reverts  to  the  Stradella  material  except  in  bars  45-52  where 
a  descending  scale-passage  of  four  notes  receives  the  following  fine  treatment  in 
canon : 

Ex.  34.  (continued.) 
and        the  peo        -          pie  fea    -    red        the 


J  f\ 

I             1    —  i 

i  1  1 

1 

sf   L' 

—  =  3  d  

^           &            \ 

J 

d  

vjfT)  — 



,  ^  

—4-  -a 

P 

and        the 

peo           -         pie 

fea  -    red       the 

= 
Lord,     an 

r 

d        the 

*)•  \l 

_  — 

—  •.  — 

.— 

V 

-  _ 

Lord,       and        the 


peo 


pie  fea    -     red         the 

1 


~KT^ 

1  —  bd  

=f=  ~ 

3= 

—  o  — 

V           1 

—  s1  s*  n)  1 

0  

peo 
£L 

^  

] 

)le 

J 

P 
fea    - 

R^* 

-    r 

H 

ed, 

.L 

fea    -    red          the 

Lord 

^ 

-7  

a 

ind        t 

he 

peo 

I 

le 

l~r    r    r  —  ' 

fea    -     red         the 

Lord 

With  this  chorus  Part  I.  of  Israel  in  Egypt  ends. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

COMPARISON  OF  PART  II.  OF  ISRAEL  IN  EGYPT  WITH  A  LATIN  MAGNIFICAT  THE  AUTHOR- 
SHIP   OF  WHICH  IS   DISPUTED,   AND   WITH   A  PASSAGE    FROM  A   LATIN    TE    DEUM 

BY  URIO. 

WE  have  seen  the  use  that  Handel  made  of  a  serenata  by  Stradella  in  the  first 
Part  of  Israel  in  Egypt.  In  the  second  Part  he  made  a  still  more 
extensive,  indeed  well  nigh  exhaustive,  use  of  a  Latin  Magnificat  set  for  double 
chorus,  orchestra  and  organ,  the  authorship  of  which  presents  a  problem  of  much 
interest.  Only  two  manuscript  copies  of  it  are  known  to  exist,  one  in  Handel's 
own  handwriting,  but  without  indication  of  authorship,  which  is  preserved  in  the 
Royal  Library  at  Buckingham  Palace,  the  other  in  a  different  handwriting  and 
inscribed  "  Magnificat  Del  Rd  Sigr  Erba," x  which  is  preserved  in  the  Library  of 
the  lioyal  College  of  Music.  After  what  we  have  seen  of  Handel's  copying 
of  choruses  by  Graun  in  the  Fitzwilliam  autographs,  the  mere  existence  of  this 
Magnificat  in  his  handwriting  cannot  be  accepted  as  proof  that  he  composed  it ; 
indeed,  in  the  opinion  of  Dr.  Chrysander,  Handel's  manuscript  presents  clear 
internal  evidence  of  not  being  an  original  work  but  a  copy,  and  probably  made 
from  separate  'parts,'  not  from  a  score.  The  Royal  College  manuscript,  on  the 
other  hand,  supplies  a  piece  of  positive  evidence  by  assigning  the  composition  of 
the  Magnificat  to  a  priest  (Rd  Sigr)  named  Erba.  It  has,  however,  been 
maintained  by  two  supporters  of  the  Handelian  authorship  that  the  words 
"Magnificat  Del  Rd  Sigr  Erba"  meant  only  that  the  manuscript  score  now 
in  the  Library  of  the  Royal  College  was  once  the  'property  of — not  had  been 
composed  by — the  person  named  in  the  superscription.  "I  suppose,"  wrote,  in 
1857,  Mr.  (afterwards  Professor  Sir)  G.  A.  Macfarren,  "this  superscription  to  signify 
that  the  copy  had  belonged  to  a  Signor  Erba." 2  "  The  obvious  meaning  of  this 
inscription,"  asserted,  in  1883,  Mr.  W.  S.  Rockstro,  "is  that  the  volume  in 
which  it  is  written  had  once  belonged  to  a  Priest  named  Erba.  Had  the 
Magnificat  been  composed  by  Signor  Erba,  the  word  used  would  have  been  '  dal, 
not  'del.'"3 

In  order  to  test  the  truth  of  the  idiomatic  rule  thus  confidently  laid  down  by 
Rockstro,  I  examined  the  titles  of  many  old  Italian  manuscript  scores  in  the  Fitz- 
william Library. 

1  Mr.  Barclay  Squire  informs  me  that  the  third  word  of  this  inscription  may  be  read  either  as 
'  Sigr'  or  as  '  Sgr'  and  that  the  handwriting  has  too  little  character  to  be  used  as  decisive  evidence 
to  show  whether  the  copyist  was  Italian  or  English. 

2  Preface  to  an  analysis  of  Israd  in  Egypt  written  for  the  Sacred  Harmonic  Society  in  1857. 

3  Rockstro  :  Life  of  Handel :  Macmillan  and  Co.,  1883,  p.  222. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT  91 

The  following  are  a  few  of  these  titles,  which,  it  will  be  observed,  are  exactly 
parallel  to  the  "  Magnificat  Del  Rd  Sigr  Erba  "  of  the  Royal  College  score  : 


F.  W,  Library  Olassmqrte 

30  F  7    No.  4  Messa     .     .     .     Del  Sigr:  Alesaudro  Scarlatti 

23  F  4    p.  212  Messa     .     .     .     del  Sigr:  D.  Leonardo  Leo 

24  F  9    p.  1  Oratorio      .     .     Del  Sig  Alesandro  Stradella 
22  F  25  p.  1  Duetti  per  Cammera  Bel  Sigr;  Abbate  Stefaui 
24  F  4    p.  33b  Cantate  Domino  del  Si#r  Silvestro  Durante 

30  F  7    p.  37  Dixit      ...     del  Mol":  R^:  P:  M:  G:  B«:  Martini 

22  F  12  [cover]  Fetontc  opera  orig[ina]le  del  Sigr  Paradies 

22  F  6    p.  1  Dixit  ....     Del  Siif:  D:  Nicola  Jommelli  oelebre  Maestro 

These  examples  suffice  to  refute  the  assertion  that  del,  thus  used,  denotes 
mere  ownership.  That,  indeed,  used  to  be  indicated  in  a  different  way.  Thus 
in  the  preface  to  Bach's  organ  works,  vol.  III.  p.  XIV.  of  the  Leipzig  edition,  a 
manuscript  is  mentioned  entitled  "  Sonata  per  il  cembalo  solo  del  Sigr  J.  S.  Bach, 
poss.  J.  G.  Miithel"  and  on  the  following  page  another  entitled:  "Fuga  clamat1 
in  Bft  di  Johann  Seb  Bach  Poss.  Joh  Peter  .Kellner."  The  persons  to  whose 
names  '  poss.'  [i.e.  '  possessore  '  or  '  posseditore  ']  is  prefixed  are  as  evidently  the 
owners  of  these  scores  as  Bach  is  the  composer  of  the  sonata  and  of  the  fugue. 

The  general  result  of  my  inspection  of  a  large  number  of  manuscript  title-pages 
was  that,  for  the  purpose  of  designating  authorship,  '  del  '  was  in  much  the  most 
common  use,  that  '  di  '  was  not  unfrequently  employed  and  that  '  da  '  and  '  dal  ' 
were  but  rarely  met  with. 

We  are  now,  I  think,  entitled  to  conclude  that  the  entry  on  the  Royal  College 
manuscript  was  meant  to  assert  that  the  R(1  Sigr  Erba  composed  the  Magnificat 
written  on  its  pages. 

It  remains  to  enquire  who  Erba  was,  and  on  this  point  we  are  again 
indebted  to  the  researches  of  Dr.  Chrysander.  In  his  'Life  of  Handel'2  he  has 
shown  that  a  composer  of  much  distinction,  Don  Dionigi  Erba,  was  in  the  year  1694 
writing  opera  for  Milan,  and  may  well  have  been  the  author  of  our  '  Magnificat.' 
The  prefix  '  Don  '  indicating  that  he  was  a  priest,  agrees  with  the  '  Rd  Sigr  '  of  the 
Royal  College  score,  and  the  laying  out  of  the  work  for  a  double  chorus  is  consistent 
with  its  having  been  composed  for  the  'duomo'  at  Milan  where  "opportunities  were 
afforded,  principally  by  means  of  two  large  organs  placed  facing  each  other,  for 
keeping  the  old  polychoric  church  music  longer  in  use  than  in  the  rest  of  Italy."  3 
On  these  grounds  Chrysander  conjecturally  assigned  the  composition  of  the 
Magnificat  to  Dionigi  Erba.  Its  style,  he  wrote,  "is  not  in  the  most  remote 

1  1  do  not  know  what  '  clamat  '  means  in  this  connexion.  -  Vol.  I.  p.  173. 

3  Ib.  p.  175.  My  friend  Mr.  E.  J.  Dent  tells  me  that  he  has  frequently  seen  organs  thus  placed 
in  churches  elsewhere  in  Italy. 


92  ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

degree  that  of  Handel,  either  in  his  earlier  or  his  later  period." 1  Macfarren,  on  the 
other  hand  maintained  that  the  Magnificat  "  if  not  so  mature,  is  perfectly  congenial 
in  style  with  all  the  more  earnest  compositions  of  Handel  with  which  we  are 
acquainted."2  In  the  presence  of  opposite  judgments  pronounced  with  equal 
confidence  by  recognized  authorities,  the  appeal  to  the  '  evidence  of  style '  must  be 
regarded — at  any  rate  for  the  present — as  indecisive.  There  remains  the  reasonably 
probable  hypothesis,  based  on  external  evidence,  assigning  it  to  Dionigi  Erba — a 
hypothesis  which  the  coming  to  light  of  other  copies  of  the  score  or  '  parts '  might 
at  any  time  conclusively  establish — or  refute.  Accordingly  we  are  unable  to  say 
with  certainty  whether  Handel,  when  incorporating  practically  the  whole  of  this 
Magnificat  in  the  second  part  of  Israel,  was  appropriating  a  work  by  another  com- 
poser or  refurbishing  one  of  his  own.  I  shall,  therefore,  in  order  not  to  prejudge 
this  alternative,  indicate  the  Magnificat  in  the  sequel  by  the  neutral  abbreviation 
'  Mag.'  rather  than  by  the  question-begging  names  '  Handel '  or  '  Erba,'  though 
personally  I  am  inclined  to  regard  as  preponderant  the  arguments  against  a 
Handelian  origin  for  the  disputed  work.  For  our  immediate  purpose,  indeed,  the 
question  of  authorship  is  unimportant,  since,  as  has  been  seen,  Handel's  mode  of 
dealing  with  earlier  compositions  of  his  own  did  not  differ  from  that  which  he 
applied  to  those  of  other  Masters. 

The  second  Part  of  our  oratorio  opens  with  the  majestic  piece  of  choral  declama- 
tion (No.  17)  "Moses  and  the  children  of  Israel,"  leading  into  the  superbly  jubilant 
double  chorus  (No.  18)  "I  will  sing  unto  the  Lord  for  He  hath  triumphed 
gloriously,"  in  which  no  older  material  has  been  detected  save,  indeed,  an  ascending 
and  descending  scale  passage,  of  four  notes — a  regular  locus  conimunis  of  contra- 
puntists— which  Handel  had  used  much  less  impressively  in  his  Te  Deura  for  the 
Peace  of  Utrecht  in  1713.3 

The  duet  for  two  Trebles  (No.  19),  "The  Lord  is  my  strength,"  which 
immediately  follows  this  great  effort,  is  simply  a  revised  reproduction  of  a  duet  for 
the  same  voices  in  the  Magnificat,  accompanied  too  in  the  same  manner,  by  unison 
violins  with  a  practically  unfigured  bass  in  the  oratorio,  ;intl  by  a  viola  with  a 
figured  bass  in  the  Magnificat.  The  comparison  of  the  two  settings  is  particularly 
instructive  because  it  shows  us  Handel  improving  the  earlier  one  exactly  in  the 
way  in  which  a  first-rate  teacher  of  composition  corrects  the  work  of  a  promising 
pupil;  cutting  it  about  quite  freely  but  without  altering  its  essential  character. 
What  strikes  one  as  really  surprising  is  that,  considering  the  great  amount  of 
correction  expended  on  what  was  after  all  only  a  moderately  meritorious  piece  of 
work,  Handel  should  not  in  this  instance  have  preferred  independent  composition 
to  so  tiresome  a  process  of  adaptation. 


1  fb.  p.  173.  2  Analysis  of  Israel  in  Kgypt  quoted  by  Chrysauder.     Ib.  p.  168.  note. 

3  Chrysander :  '  Life  of  Handel,'  vol.  L   p.  393. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


93 


In  Ex.  35  and  wherever  the  Magnificat  is  quoted  in  these  pages  Dr. 
Chrysander's  edition  is  used ;  but  I  have  omitted  the  figuring  of  the  Bass  as  not 
required  for  the  purposes  of  our  comparison. 


Ex.  35. 


Mag. 


Bass. 


Mag. 


94 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


1st  Treble. 


2nd  Treble 


Handel. 


Unison 
Violins. 


Bass. 


Soprano  I. 


Soprano  II. 


Mag. 


Viola. 


ex     -      ill     -      t(t  -  fit, 


Et     ex 

6 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


95 


5^ 


song", 


The 


'-=?-- 


H. 


strength  and         my          soup, 

8 


r-. V 


Mag 


et 


£te3 


96 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


L. 


Lord    is  my  strength  and  my 


and  my  song, 


The    Lord        is    my 


10 


strength  and  my      s 


11 


;iud  my 


12 


_j v 


—   — j 

=  JE 

[_  _  _| mi       I 


Mag. 


tn-vii, 


10 


ul    -      t<i-vit, 


11 


5Efe=^ 


ISBAEL   IN   EGYPT 


98 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


h. 


tion, 


15 


?&£EE£ 


my    sal  -  va  -  tion,  my    sal  - 


14 


c.r  -  it  I  -  ta  -  vif,    ex  -  ul    - 


15 


ISRAEL   IN   EGYPT 


va-tion,He    is      be    -     come 


100 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


il. 


my      sal  -  va-tion, 


f— C  r_f 


Ho          is        be  -    come 


20 


-    o  sa   -  In    -   tn 


Mag. 


18 


in          -De  -  o         sa  -   In  -     t<i 

19 


ISRAEL   IN    EGPYT 


101 


3 


my  sal- va      -       tion, 


my     sal  -  va  -  tion,    my     sal  -   va-tion, 


-       mysal-va  tiun,  my     sal    - 


2, 


va  -  tion 


sal  -  va  -  tion 

22 


arid 


e,r  -  ?//  -    ta  -  vit,      ex  -  ul   -    fa  -  vit. 


§F5 


me      -       o,  ex  - 


20 


ta  -  fit,      ex  -  1/1  -    (a  -  vit, 

21 


^ 


102 


ISRAEL   IN    EGYPT 


my     sal-va    -    tion, 


^ 


£ 


s  e   - 


my  sal  -  va   -    tion, 


23 


24 


5 


Fj3f 


25 


-^- 


^ 


-    ta-vit     spi-  ri-tns 


Mag. 


22 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


103 


p 


mm 


my  sal  -   va-tion, 


my   sal    -     va-tion, 


#5=     ==£=P- 

IHF1     =>- 


E|E 


m 


my 


strength, 


my 


song', 


He      is  be- 


H. 


25 


2(5 


27 


-  In     - 


ta     -      ri, 


?'?i     De      -        o. 


Mag. 


o, 


24 


25 


104 


ISBAEL    IN   EGYPT 


He        is     be    -    come. 


my  salva      -       tion 


the 


rt 


H. 


my  salva      -       tion. 

29 


Lord     is   ir.v 


in         DC  -  o 


DC-  o  so  -  It 


sa  -  lu  - 


et         ex    -     ul 


27 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


105 


Lord  is     my 


strength  and  my  song,  the 


Lord        is     iny  strength  and   my 


7& 


H. 


strength  and  my 

30 


song1,  the    Lord      is    my 


strength  and  my  song, 

32 


Mag. 


28 


ul       -        ta  -  vit, 


106 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


He    is    be- come          my  sal  - 


II 


dfcz 


He    is      be  -  come  my     sal   - 


tion, 


35 


30 


r 


i 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


107 


-    tion,  my   sal  - 


va-tion,  my   sal  -  va 


tion,Hwis  be-come 


r  r  0  .      -    T'   r 

g  5  L  M*—  i/    * 

~lr Hf — ^3 — T^ ~ —  l^" 

— y  /  >-r 


my  sal-va 


H. 


-tioiijHe  is  be-come      my     sal- 


37 


3=z= 


£\*  i V  

0 


s 


/L    r  r 

MM                     di            K              r       0    P     ^ 

rm 

*  •  *  J 

^     ^          f    4L                         * 

sSz  ..     ^ 

*    L    L     B   eJ 

r                                                                                             *          r                                     ^ 

^,   ex  -  id    -    ta-vit,    ex  -  id  - 

^^- 

tn      -          -         -     nit  spi  -    ri-tus    me    -    us 

/JL          ^ 

0                                        9         1*   m      m            m      P* 

ofts 

\     p    \      9.        ^f        A 

u             DHL     C          r    J 

v-l/ 

^^J 

/    /        P  «                 ,    *  • 

ex  -  ul  -  fa 

31 

p*              I/ 

wY  s/)i   -   ri-tus    me  -     us  in 

32 

V       ^w 

^         s 

V 

/I. 

>                      SZSZI     _IS 

*y                       i 

f/^       m 

r                            /               3 

3                                 J 

J               • 

• 

*                                                        •*- 

i                   .n 

4V            * 

• 

«       •      W 

I* 

•/          •     «Y       A      «/ 

J                                 r                               v       ^ 

/ 

L     7         r     7      r     7 

a 

Mag. 


108 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


my       sal-va 


H. 


-va-tion,    my   sal-va 


38 


tion, 


-    tion, 


He   is       be- 


Mag. 


»   ..  . 


84 


85 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


109 


Ho  is      be-come        my  sal-va 


i 


2 


my  sal-va 


H 


40 


m    sal-va 


41 


tion,        my  sal- 


42 


^ 


^ 


Dc.-o, 


DC 


Mag-. 


35 


m 


Di'-o       sa-bi-ta 


sa-lu-ta 

36 


110 


ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 


tion,  mysal-va 


^^^=^^^^5: 

=  z£r=aE— &J   J* 


tion,  He  is     be- 


_  va        -         tion,mysal-va 


43 


tion,  He  is     be- 


44 


fer 


45 


& 


m 


me  -     o, 


-Mag. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


111 


my  sal-va 


47 


izat 


sa-lu-  ta 


Mag 


39 


"J      v    ~v    h     J 


112 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


tion,mysal  - 


ttF 


II 


48 


49 


50 


-    r?      me    - 


«,    sa-  In    -    ta  -  ri      me, 


Ma- 


40 


41 


iffl: 


^ 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


113 


^£ 


-tion. 


^EEi 


50 


51 


52 


H. 


I 


•^ 


1st  &  2nd  Violins. 
Viola  &  Bass. 


Mag. 


42 


44 


H. 


54 


Mag. 


114 


ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 


The  double  chorus  (No.  20)  "He  is  my  God,"  which  comes  next  in  order, 
consists  of  ten  bars,  of  which  the  first  two  contain  only  percussions  of  the  chord 
of  A  minor.  Bars  3-8,  save  for  a  slight  alteration  in  bar  4,  reproduce  almost  note 
for  note  the  whole  opening  chorus  of  the  Magnificat,  and  bars  9  and  10  contain 
the  closing  flash  of  genius  which  we  have  learned  to  expect  from  Handel  when  he 
has  finished  working  up  a  piece  of  old  material.  All  this  is  shown  in  the  following 
Example,  in  which  I  have  not  included  the  orchestral  parts,  as  they  possess 
no  independent  interest : 

Ex.36. 


Choir  I. 


Handel. 


Choir  II. 


riJL         ^  J--J- 

n  J    ^^ 

*» 

V                      J          J           *                         •           • 

XL  C5    s  0  0  f  — 

-4  —  *  .- 

He        is         my 

J     J     1 

God 
tt 

"^~r  ~r 

and          I     will          pre    - 

—  ~P~    —  "P"  —  '    '  —  *  —  r  — 

-fr  V  J*  —  ^  — 

zzdz* 

1                I                r      r 

(•       i*       i* 

^ 

yO                    III 

^      ,  

V                  V 

^1              J      • 

/L  v   i  *-  —  •  —  *— 

*-> 

-i  J  —  *  —  f-r-^ 

«=     T     -f 

J   J   J 

ns  / 

^):/*   > 

__^  — 

ZHSZHE 

T"     i       1        && 

Coro  I. 


Coro  II. 


ISKAEL   IN   EGYPT 


115 


-    Him. 


H. 


116 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

ha  -         bi     -       ta  -  tion, 


-  pare  Him  an 


ha 


bi 


J. 


-pare 


T 


P 


ta  -  tion, 


+± 


my  fa-thers' 


God. 


Him          an 


bi      -  :    ta  -  tion, 


3; 


^ 


me  -  a       Do 

me      -     a  Do 


PP 


Mag-. 


c 

Z/o 


~rr 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


117 


Passing  over  the  chorus  (No.  21)  "  And  I  will  exalt  him,"  which  has  not  been 
shown  to  owe  anything  to  pre-existing  materials,  we  come  to  the  famous  duet  for 
Two  Basses,  "The  Lord  is  a  man  of  war,"  in  which  Handel,  besides  making 
abundant  use  of  a  duet  for  the  same  voices  in  the  Magnificat,  has  worked  into 
the  orchestral  prelude  and  accompaniments  a  theme  taken  from  a  work  by  an 
earlier  composer  named  Urio. 

Of  FRANCESCO  ANTONIO  URIO  hardly  anything  appears  to  be  known  except 
that  he  was  a  priest  and  lived  at  Bologna  in  the  seventeenth  and  beginning  of 
the  eighteenth  centuries.  The  important  fact  for  us  is  that  he  composed  a 
Te  Deum  for  voices  and  orchestra,  a  score  of  which,  now  in  the  Library  of 
the  Conservatoire  at  Paris,  bears  the  heading  "Te  Deum,  Urio,  1660." 1  Handel 
used  this  work  very  extensively  in  his  Dettingen  Te  Deum?  and  a  theme  from  it, 
which  had  already  done  duty  there,  in  the  orchestral  prelude  to  the  chorus  "  All 
the  earth  doth  worship  Thee,"  leads  off  the  introduction  to  "  The  Lord  is  a  man  of 
war,"  the  rest  of  which  is  either  directly  copied  from,  or  developed  out  of,  the 
prelude  to  the  duet  in  the  Magnificat.  This  will  be  at  once  seen  from  the  ensuing 
comparison,  for  the  sake  of  which  I  have  transposed  the  extract  from  Urio's  Te 
Deum,  a  Fourth  down  and  that  from  the  Magnificat  a  Minor  Third  down. 

Ex.  37. 


Symphony  to 

"The  Lord  is  a 

man  of  war." 


Urio's  Te  Deum: 
Prelude  to 

Chorus 

"Te  eternum" 

(Transposed 

a  Fourth  down.) 


1  Grove,  Dictionary  of  Music,  1st  edition. 

e  A  revised  reprint,  issued  in  1902,  of  Chrysander's  edition  of  Urio's  Te  Deum  contains  a  preface 
describing  the  use  made  by  Handel  of  that  composition,  which  was  absent  from  the  earlier  issue. 
(See  above,  Introd.  pp.  xi.  and  xii.) 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


* 


etc. 


M:ig.  transposed  a 
Minor  Third  down 

18 


19 


— |— T-m-f*- 
=*=^=       S 


^ 


Handel. 


^  y  ;  j  J  j  j  J  ,  jf?T>  f  rr>J  «. 

ft  *  p    r  --f—  i 

r    r    r  i 

FF^^ 

f 

I«J 

Q 

i 

9 

i 
• 

1 
10 

£k^*  ft  ll                     1              I 

-^x^  H..     ........       ,...,_.[__ 



3  a 

i  —  r  — 

•  ««.*     J  j  J  J  J    i  J  J  J  J 

J^l   J^J    J- 

1A  "V     J 

•=*  

^         1 

-^m  —  n  #  .  

r—  —  — 

d  _           >     »      n 

Magnificat, 
tr.  a  Minor 
Third  down. 

Y  ITY 

r   *  rr 

7 

b. 

^  *  r  i 

8 

•i.  ffitii  '  

—  Ifr/rJ  — 

-**-  —  II  -=.  

^o  to 

[—  O  —  •               —  P  — 

u. 


11 


d 


18 

^ 


f 


i 


11 


^ 


12 


ISRAEL   IN    EGYPT 


1 


119 


t=^^f= 

14 


•4 ^_ 


H. 


15 


Mag-. 


IHTV"    -*>-*-•>-  -V-i 

^  —  *  

2 

g  1 

^-  -£--— 

13 

8  a 
J  1  ^  = 



14 

—  I  L«j  — 

15 

IK     * 

3 



Mag. 


m 


H 

17 

^U  - 

f        r,.,'r 

S?'  T    *  - 

E*E    =- 

SiE^ 

Treble  of  bars  8  and  9  repeated  a  Fourth  higher. 

^ 


16 


SO  t  S   *]  J 

^  : 

\- 

-—  J      J^ 

^ 

ffk   ft  —  •-* 

--J-1 

-J-l-^-X 

-J 

1  —  i  — 

r*1 

^ 

»  -. 

F" 

o 

r               1 
20 

,      M             ^_ 

21 

7 

—  = 

B 

"if  

"ft 

22 

23 

)*  fTU^  

-f  — 

—  *— 

^  

_.  , 

f 

) 

IE 

pC 

•          n 

3*_             fT 

' 

^ 

^ 

r       j 

«L 
Bars  R  and  7  repeated  with  slight 
alterations. 

Urio's  instr!  phrase     combined  with  vo- 
cal phrase    from  Magnificat  treated  in 
canon.                            : 

Mag. 


120 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


*i            ^"BT"" 

j 

v  -T 

j  j 

-—  -         J  • 

.  2 

j 

—  ^'        M      M. 

\  —  "F~  

m.    M.    M. 
F    f-    |- 

Vfc'-Tr" 

— 

*^-H 

•  — 

•  • 

«... 

_J  

J.           24 

i 

25 

— 

^ 
_J               2t 

A 

) 

•^  — 

—  r 

—  g—  J 

64 


efc. 


Bar  21  repeated  an  octave 
higher 


Mag. 


i 


20 


•  Bars  ft  and  7  repeated  again. 


II. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


121 


The  duet  proper  opens  with  a  phrase  for  the  first  Bass  modelled  on  a  lead  for 
the  vocal  Altos  in  the  Dettingen  Te  Deum  chorus  "All  the  earth  doth  worship 
Thee,"  where,  as  here,  the  Urio  instrumental  theme  is  used  as  accompaniment  after 
having  served  as  prelude. 

Ex.  37-  ^continued.' 

f rr > ,f 

Bass  I.         iLV  ^   F FR-H^-i'       " 


Handel. 


Basses. 


Dettingen 

Te  Deum. 

Transposed 

a  Fourth 

down. 


1  ~V*  ^tf1 

1 

i 

?  1- 

H  

\ 

a] 

1 

tti 

e 

f 

urth 

doth     v 

/or     -      ship 

Thee, 

A 

| 

''  Q  ii  $ 

—  J  

* 

- 

—  p  K 

M 

fK  

~?«L~T*  — 

9 

J  ^ 

P     • 

zzz: 

—  H  

r^R       1T 

f 

fl 

f 

«  • 

™ 

"     .        » 

p 

^  T 

4 

• 

~T^ 

& 

^ 
P^ 

J 

^)*  Iffi  

0 

i 

£ 

«-5  

=fc= 

122 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


The  next  nineteen  bars  are  made  up  of  the  same  materials  contrapuntally 
treated.  Then  comes  a  section  45  bars  long  in  which  the  Magnificat  is  followed 
almost  bar  for  bar  : 


Ex.  37.  (continued.) 


:E*r=pi 


P 


£ipp 


Lord 


is       His 


67 


is His 


Mag. 
Transposed 

a  Minor 
Third  down. 


P^ 


28 


m 


f* 


cit       mi  -  hi 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


123 


pp 


Lord     is          His 


H. 


Lord, 


Lord      In  His 


m 


» — i» 


-  grwa, 


z=: 


Mag. 


i^ 


i 


Qui    -     a 


o-5- 


rr 


*» 


is  His 


^ 


H. 


*t 


His 


Mag. 


ctY  mi   -  hi 


124 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


H. 


Mag 


Mag. 


fel 


125 


Lord 


is  His 


H 


L(ird 


is         His 


HI 


^m 


m 


f 


po        -        tens 


«> 


-   tens 


2 


a 


name, 


& 


s 


t^= 


esi 


Mag-. 


f 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


Mag-. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


127 


/•fit"     '   tt«    r 

'  F  «•  J    ^ 

r  i*  ti«  r 

E_c_iLBa™E 

IZ    '                    ttr 

I     flr    *     1 

r  Hr 

r  ft   * 

2_        IT 

I-J 

^ 

p 

nu-  men,  etsan-ctum 

-  ../•  fuilt     H<«5 

710 

i     i 

1      u    .*- 
_       tto 

•>    rr**— 

^  ft  ftp  —  «*  

N                    -      -  mt'n, 

3  —  ^  — 

•«"/  ». 

3  —  £V 

h~  rn  '  I 

~?Tr  —  TJ  —              —  —  — 

—  •>  — 

—  ••  — 

—  ••  

f(H     TI 

u  W 

4V  8  C 

1 

! 

V'¥     ^             -r— 

i  

H  

Mag-. 


Sim  &^ 

fer  J  Jrrr  1 

—  jp  — 

r 

9  fl*  J  •  ' 

T      r  i  i 

wzen  c 

1  1  1  —  -1  

J7/S  , 

f  T^1    \     *  J  J  it  i*  P 

—  *  ^»  —  P—  —  —  «  — 

1  P  J     Ju 

^j  j 

_ 

—  ^f—  f  FE 

EfcSH 

3  —  E 

\                          i  ' 

iLJ. 

-    ctum  no-men  e   fl  - 

jus, 

,  jj    1  J  I  J  • 

~Jf-  —  <*TT  •  

^  

u  

>^jf*  J  •  J  • 

CM}      tf 

1 

1 

r#FTrr 

4\*  jt  u 

1*  —  *  — 

-_  — 

u  J 

'-j 

**--%  <s 

ttr  J  j  r  r  r 

'r  j  J^ 

—  ff~  1  — 

A 

Mag 


128 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


The 


Lord, 


etc. 


111 


112 


Mag 


i^N 


*< 


89 


fP 


f 


£ 


P 


In  bars  111  to  123  the  two  Basses  sing  successively  a  phrase  beginning  with 
that  in  bars  40  to  42  but  lengthened  by  four  bars,  after  which  Handel  works  in  a 
vocal  phrase  *  of  four  bars  with  Urio  accompaniment  and  then  proceeds  for  the 
most  part  parallel  with  the  Magnificat  for  17  bars  more : 

1  Which  may  itself  have  been  taken  from  Urio's  setting  of  ' '  Pleni  sunt  coeli  "  but  is  too  short  to 
be  definitely  identified  as  borrowed. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

Ex.  37.  (continued.' 


129 


Handel. 


Urio's 
Te  Deum. 
(Transposed  Jf^f 
a  Fourth 
down.) 


SI 

int   ca>   .  U 

7 

H. 


130 

j 


ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 


cast  in    -    to   the 


hath  He 


h;ith    Hi 


c;ist      in     -     to    the 


11. 


ctu»i 


Mag. 


s»* tt — 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


131 


cast 


>     fj 


hath 


H 


m 


^ 


^m 


rrpirJ 


** 


no-men,et  sanctum 


Mag. 


5F 


-o- 


P 


i 


JO" 


i^f 


132 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


in    -     to 


H. 


etc.. 


r 


/•  i*>~      r  r*                      _, 

«•        J   •  i» 

/  rs           &F        uJ   *     • 

ft        m    *     * 

, 
-.     « 

2_ZH3i                         «    C*    * 

w                  | 

j  •' 

i     »  tt 

a   ll 

-    Vi 

//l(.'«.  fl 

-*»-• 

jus. 

A\«  «    C 

I 

/•  r>^                1 

J  +iJ 

rj  •             . 

Z     U 

J      DC       J    *  r 

e 

*         J                          «  Q* 

JO*     * 

• 

•  v  •  • 

*  1 

/ne»  e 

-«*-• 

jus. 
ate. 

^'••Jn^^"_                •>  -  • 

— 

• 

I 

\  ro  —  j  

t^ 

a  it 

i                  I      1        ' 

¥fFO  ,  - 
3ti9t: 

FJ-4*— 

• 

r      \     \     LZSL_ 

ISKAEL    IN    EGYPT 


133 


This  section  ends  with  bars  20-36  of  the  instrumental  introduction 
repeated.  Next  come  a  few  bars  of  vocal  Canon  leading  to  the  fine  descending 
Fifths  on  " also  are  drowned "  which  occur,  fittingly  set  to  " misericordia"  in 

the  Magnificat. 


Ex.  37.  (continued.) 


n. 


ifcv  a  tt  -•  —  ^  —  f  —  n*  —  ^  —  ^  —  rn»  —  i*"  —  T—  rf^  —  r    >.  —  i 

^gi-T     —  £— 

=t=  —  i  —  r— 

,  —  |  1  1  —  

—  i 

1 

?^  

His      eho  -   sen 

cap  -  tains 

ill    -     so        ;ire 

drown  -ed, 

^M*ip~          ™ 

l-f  E^£- 

hf~JL~    *     J 

£~  —  ^  —  :  -^—  -+     -      '         -       —  L- 

His      cho  -    sei>  cap  -  tains 


_4\!^JL 

—  —  o  

Map. 
(Transposed 
half  aTone  down.5 

)•  w  —  --- 

-^  TT~ 

et 

~^       it 

>  

•  •  

—  

-^^  ^  

tr  0 

i  *  

ill     -    so       are 

a  li      T*"         p" 

drown-  ed, 

-4\*  ft  fl 

P 

m 

P 

x"  TI#         ' 

•i 

m      m 

^^            V 

drown  -  ed, 
j 

al    -    so       are        drown-ed, 

i                  k.       i 

M  \  *   TL    3 

v 

f 

f 

m 

9*    TT  jf^ 

^p                                        J 

^3-     5 

^ 

•  .         »     v 

96 

»ii   -   se  - 

ri    - 

cor    -       di  -  a, 

n 

!•  ?^       r          r         r 

~^-^\  

IB 

S5 

^  —  E 

—  • 

L-f  

-0-  —  &  — 

*N                         .                      . 

H. 


mi   -    se    -    ri     -     cor     -      di  -  a, 


This  short  passage  is,  after  eight  bars  of  other  matter,  repeated  in  the  key  of 
E  major,  and  then  Handel  again  takes  up  the  thread  of  the  Magnificat  to  form  a 
famous  passage : 


134 


ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 

Ex.  37.  (continued.) 


drown   -    ed. 


Mag. 


Mag-.   Transposed  a 
Minor  Third  down. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


135 


Handel  purposes  repeating  this  impressive  passage  with  increased  effect. 
Accordingly,  in  order  to  prepare  a  contrast  for  it,  he  takes  the  little  subject  already 
used  in  bars  124  and  125,  adds  to  it  a  further  bar  of  brisk  quavers  and  works  the 
result  up  into  the  following  jubilant  bit  of  canonic  writing  : 


Ex.  37.   'continued.) 


*     '  ft 

i              '               r 

4yfft      [•  ^—      —  f~ 

r"rf~r  r  M^ 

al       -       so              are 

p      |»          —  »  f— 

^7  *|  — 

al      -       so              are 

—  Q  —  Zrrft  ^—  —  m~i  ^  m  — 

p^  1  —  T-4-4- 

drown 

1  

1 

X    W  c—                -»    p. 

1  

—  ^  — 

fm     ff         /                               r 

a  • 

fcfc*==&==l? 

"x  "^n^~r 

e 

^5^  

/•  m11 

£                    F 

r              r 

y  ^i         -   \  —    —  — 

h  —    H  

q  

drown 

ii  li 

r     f     r 

P    f"          P    f" 

fc\*  «  S                                v 

F                        p 

^^^?  f  1- 

4  1  1  

^3  —  1  1  —  U 

tf 

^  -  5, 

/  A    u  U 

al       -       so              are 

drown 

VT    ^ 

M 

^* 

i  ^^       IT 

Vj-  1/ 

4\*  ^  Q 

/•  rir      p  • 

I 

z  "a 

the      Red 


ed     in 


the       I?ed 


136 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


The  previous  passage  then  comes  in  again,  but  this  time  in  the  key  of  A  with 
the  vocal  parts  in  more  sonorous  positions  in  the  Bass  compass,  and  with  the 
leading  singer  above,  instead  of,  as  before,  below  his  colleague  : 


Ex.  37.    (continued.' 
S       a  *      f"        f"        f"             ^        1s-                   -f-'f-T^             -P-* 

£\»  ^  tr 

'               J 

I                   1                 ^L 

—  i  —  'r- 

^       1 

1                  T-      -$  

His        .-ho    -    sen 

eup  -  tains 

al      -       so       art' 

drown  -  ed, 

^\«    if    tl          ^                ^ 

r         r 

r              1           r 

r       • 

1*  ffu 

H  ' 

—  t  5  F  

i                + 

-^  L^-  .    ..  .,  

—  1  *-  !  

1  C  

/rt      tf    ti 

^^      Jf  il^T 

XT    "if       j 

x^  —  _  —  —  ^™~     zii  — 

** 

u 

^J. 

^J 

^  -£-=^. 

! 

*^»-- 

H  E 

~L  r  —  &  

|         ~ 

u«j  -- 

58  • 

al     -     so          are 

drown    -      ed          in 

the              Red 

sea. 

r 

\ 

'                  r           I 

rf-  —  f  

-  -i  

-XL  —  $— 

^"  T 

° 

i  -•  —  "" 

-^xj 

^w                       •«- 

J*    ffil"^           ^   '"^ 

-^                          2 

.-X  ^-  —  

<9                                              * 

-P  1  

?v~«  

This  is  the  real  close  of  the  duet,  for  though  a  repetition  of  the  opening  sym- 
phony is  directed  to  follow  here,  its  effect,  after  the  magnificent  matter  which  has 
preceded  it,  is  necessarily  somewhat  of  an  anti-climax.  Handel's  power  of  welding 
together  heterogeneous  materials  into  a  perfectly  homogeneous  whole,  imbued  with 
a  far  grander  spirit  than  dwelt  in  its  original  elements,  can  nowhere  that  I  know  of 
be  seen  at  work  with  such  unrelaxing  energy  as  throughout  this  duet. 

The  next  number  (23),  the  double  chorus  "The  depths  have  covered  them," 
consists  of  sixteen  bars,  twelve  of  which  are  a  reproduction,  with  quite  astonishing 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


137 


improvements,  of  matter  from  a  chorus  in  the  Magnificat  In  bars  1  and  2 
Handel  has  provided  some  simple  chords  in  the  orchestra  to  fix  the  tonality,  and  in 
bars  3  and  4  has  written  vocal  phrases  congruent  with  those  which  he  was  about  to 
transfer  from  the  Magnificat. l 


Ex.  38. 


The  depths 


Choir  T. 


Handel. 


Choir  II. 


The  depths  have  coverd  them . 


V 


the  depths- 

N 


N     S 


i 


ptlis         liave  eover'dthem, 


_:g.   /       ^cr: 

the  depths  hav i 

5 

s££ 


r  C 


Coro  I. 


Mag:. 


Coro  II. 


mi  -  a         re.  - 


r 


1  See,  for  another  instance  of  the  latter  procedure,  bars  1-7  of  "He  spake  the  word."    Ex.  27, 
p.  54. 


138 


ISBAEL    IN    EGYPT 


The  depthshave  cover'dthem,theysank 


m^ 


The  depths  haveco        -        vitr'd 


\       N 

L  J- 


s 


m 


them, 


JU 


They  sank  in- 


N     N 
7J    J 


cover'dthem, 

5 


w^ 


The  depth  shavt 


u 


FFF3 


The  depths  have 

N      N        N       N 

iEt^^ 


E^EEp 


*= 


^ 


•7  -r 

w 


^ 


-  ifevn  , 


=f= 


rrr 


;-  w?'  -  li  -  to. 


^ 


i^» 


,     7i?<-  wit  -  7,i- 


f^ 


Mag. 


^- 


t 


1^  f 
i    i 


-ife^E^ 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


139 


in  -  to    the        bot  -  torn 


V   j  AN      S 
^K     w       »/ 

1  —  1  —  1  —  *|J    J    J 

a  f  rJ   J 

\          i 

•KB-P      "    m-  J—  a 

i  U                  /'>•»• 

trfk~       1  k*  —  E 

*       • 

T  r-    1 

to                  the 

bot  -  t(  m            they  sank    in  - 
\£    £     £ 

J   J    -  i>r  r"  r 

T^      fil 

to               the      bot  -  torn 

1 
1 

in    - 

J    U        V     < 

—  ^  —  7  —  7  7  — 

^T"5  —  r  —  *  * 

-i  —  1  

-     7E  E  g- 

8 

'0              .    N     IS     S 

~r  r 

9 

10 

1  -\  U 

11 

1    J 

i               _ 

j:    ^        ^  ]yi 

{(T)  *  — 

-4—  J  —  

-±  *—       —  m     >f 

—0  0  

4V               ,JSJ^ 

J    „ 

\             \ 

They         sank    in    - 

to      the 

V-u    */!>?  ?   ? 

_i  1  L  —  .?  — 

m    0 

<-  mi-  li    -      td  -  ton 


S-—5 


m 


=* 


i 


•g  g  g  r 


/zu  -  mi  -  li    -    ta  -  tern   an  - 


-  ta 


cil  -  lae,  an  - 


J. 


a 


& 


£ 


Mag 


hn-mi-  li     -     ta  -  tern 


cil  -  lae       s>t  -  ae, 

*  J 


/  X 


140 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


gf-U 

-Jf—  t  a  —  '  r»  — 

.r^-^--: 

W~           '^i^^t 

to               the 

•0-0—1*  —  8— 

ff^ff 

bottom  as     a    stone, 

--ii^ 

l^>     I 

the       depths  have 

i*    -T  J" 

JL         A       A 

~           *i_  *-    r    p 

11 

fehrH^T^ 

^4^= 

12 

as      a    stone, 

5E  =J^=f  " 

"i/    ^  ~  /  • 

13 

FrJ  J  J  J  -J  J 

S^-^ft-^-r-^ 
ti     >  i/  i*  / 

bottom     as      a 

JJ^E- 

^   J   J  *!- 

stone. 

^H  g:  Tr 

the  depths  have  ««  -  ver'd  them, 

j*  /  Jv  ;.  j»  i 

^•~i  —                —  *  — 
/  U     #  0     •     * 

O 

v  ifi     _        _     5  •      •»    « 

/  ffiii     v        p 

Mag. 

P^P^F 

___                              _^_J  *  J_ 

if-  ~f-                      =p 

oil     -      lac,                  sn    -      an, 

^L^    J  J 

*         *        * 

an    -    cil  -    lae, 

__  —                                    —  __^  —  _  —  —  ,f  _  — 

3^5                           —  F  F  

r                 r 

^ 

N                 \ 

^                                                                       w                  W 

:  v  —  n  —  tf  1~^  ^  ^  — 

~7Jfr~fc     *r\  j  —  [*  Jj  —  J  *  — 

"*?~  "  L       ti*  J  J         J      - 

-W5  —  —  '  —  ij7P  ^  %)|  —  ^— 

_/  .  —  ^M  —  n_  *  —  c  c  C  — 

rt?i  -  o7  -  lae         su    -     <ie, 

'/     ^        ^                        ^        ^ 
hu->m   -    li  -  ta                 tern       an  - 

Li  J              ^                 ^      W.                                jL              M. 

<»1'.  |  •  *  *  — 

-E  —  TT  ^  jj  ^  

^  —  ^  

^r  r  —  p  —  r  —  —  f  —  t  —  ' 

ISEAEL    IN    EGYPT 


141 


^ 


Pi 


s 


co-ver'cl  them. 


-^ 0- 


they  sank    in 


In  th>/  bot-tomlike    a 


stoi\e. 


^ 


14 


15 


16 


^=3 


they  sank 


rrr 

in  -  to    the    bot,tom  lil<e    a 


stone. 


i-cil-  lae 


Mag. 


=:r 


-  lac 


^± 


rr 


M 


142 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


The  next  number  (24),  the  double  chorus,  "Thy  right  hand,  0  Lord,"  opens  as 
follows  : 


Ex.  39. 


Choir  T. 


Handel. 


Choir  II. 


TJiy   right  hand,  0  Lord,  is      become 


Coro  T. 


Coro  II. 


ttti                                 js  JN  f 

JFT:.^ 

Jf     gi       mm                                                        i/     •  -  0  •     0  •    0- 

m-0-M 

(tt\   *-J                                                     i         P      A      m 

+    *    *        mm 

"V                                                                         r       r 

,     1     r    m  r    r 

*J                                                                   ^      f      f 

ex   hoc   be    - 

N 

-    ^ 

T"hf  i  1^ 

a     -          -    f'/m 

**)-  c*  •••  •-                -^  —  *  i   "T 

•                     • 

\                               ^ 

£'c-ce  e   -  nim    ex  hoc,  ex  hoc   be  - 

;  r 

a    -  tarn 

J-^^tt           =£-£-*- 

tT~-r.  T— 

ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


143 


f^FE  —  J   J     J  -T   Is  J  //  I 

n  —  J  —  3  —  ' 

1  J   J\  --n 

/     '  ^ 

Thyrighthand,0  Lord,  is  become 

glo  -  rious  in 

pow-er, 

!  , 

T^"1'  .  f 

</     r        p       ™              ^ 

3 

4 

5 

^rl  _  i?  *"~  ^  —  > 

—  ^  .  •  K  

J  

f  m                                       2       i*    «    3 

A       11 

SE                          r  r  r 

r          r       r 

r   ZP 

«7                                            /   /    X 

is   become 

r!              1 

glo  -  rious   in 

J     J    J 

t   " 

pow-er,      Thy  right   hand,  0 

s  .   >  n  Is  > 
j  V  F  f  f  f  V 

-^>i  —                                  —  s,  F—  *—  m— 

-X                                                               T          |         ^~^ 

—yy  —  

r   •  */  l>*    UJ     U     ^— 

T  —  F—  f--J 

ht=F=: 

Mag-. 


me    dice  nt,  di-cent 


tftti 


144 


0    Lord,  Thy    right  hand,  0    Lord,    is 


gjr.izr_-.p-_l-:--if      -~|ri—  i_  -       . 

pE^B^  ^^Z^EE^E 


II. 


N       S         S 


s      s 


'     ' 


?         ? 

Lord,  Thy    right  hand,  0    Lord,    is 

s      s 


£  ft  r  ;  :g==g=5== 
/    /  ^    ^  /  / 

be-como     glo-ricus    in     povv-er. 


J   J 


r/--tJll.fijy^ 


bt;-coinc     glo-rious    in     pow-er, 


It  will  be  observed  that  from  the  middle  of  bar  2  to  the  beginning  of  bar  5 
Handel  merely  repeats  the  matter  of  bars  1  and  half  2,  slightly  modified.  He  next, 
still  following  the  Magnificat,  takes  the  same  subject  into  the  key  of  G  and,  after 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


145 


a  repetition  similar  to  the  former  one,  completes  his  use  of  this  section  of  the 
Magnificat,  which  has  now  been  entirely  absorbed  : 

Ex.  39.  'continued.) 
N     IS     \ 


Thy      right  hand,  0     Lord,  is    become 


glo  -  rions, 


glo    - 


H 


Mag. 


ex  hoc    be  -    a 


^ 


>— r 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

J      J    J 


*« 


r  r  r 


is    become 


glo  -  rious   in 


J 


pow-er.      Thy    right   hand,  0 

N    N       N      r^      Is 

A  A    A  j  J  ± 


^^---- 


ETTE~E 


n. 


10 


Is    N      N 
»bliy= 


11 

^=^ 


Thy  right  hand,  0  Lord,  is    become 


1fc=f^: 

glo  -  rions  in 


r? 


pow-er, 


it* 


12 


^ 


N       y 

3^ 


di-cent,  di-cent 


^^ 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


147 


J  J  J  J. 


J J JJ  >^£ 


^^ 


y 


£ 


Lord,  Thy   right  hand,  0    Lord,  is 


J 


be  -  come     glu-rious    in    pow-er, 


"F        F~ 


H. 


13 


* 


=^^ 


rr 


0  Lord,  Thy   right  hand,  0     Lord,  is 


lae  -  come     glo-rious    in    pow-er, 


w 


^^ 


=f 


y      ^     g: 


~f£r 

^f  I  -y- 

—  *  f  —  u*  —        —  $y  — 

SE 

p  p  r  —  r~ 

~~  F  —  r   fr 

€/ 

t  k   ^     ^ 

om-nes  gc  -  ne  . 

k      x 

ra    -    ti    -    o        -            -    nes, 
N         s 

4\* 

•1- 

m                   m 

^/ 

£          0 

r          +         \ 

^l                M 

y    r 

\ 

J'J'      h        h 

h     ^                J 

y 

•     * 

r              v                  rj 

3E 

f        # 

*                   m 

P 

^ 

i             p 

W                    *  -                            >v 

r          F       t<r       J 

'  J       LT 

om-nes  ge  -   ne 

ra  -    ti    -     o       -           -     nes, 

^ 

r  r  ^   E 

-E  —  P-            -7^- 

Mag 


148 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


The  rest  of  this  chorus  is  a  fine  specimen  of  Handel's  contrapuntal  powers.     At 
bar  15  he  starts  a  splendid  subject  : 


Ex.  39.  'continued.' 


Thy  right  hand,  0  Lord,  hath  dash-ed  in      pie-ces  the  e 


ne-my 


the  first  bar  of  which  appears  to  have  been  developed  from  the  bass  of  bar  1  of  this 
section  in  the  Magnificat.  With  this  he  makes  play  in  Canon  for  half-a-dozen 
bars  and  then  delivers  again  some  of  the  earlier  material,  but  greatly  enriched,  in  a 
series  of  alternate  utterances  by  the  two  choirs,  which  constantly  increase  in 
grandeur  until  they  finally  unite  in  the  following  prodigiously  jubilant  and 
exultant  close : 


Both 
Choirs. 


Ex.  39.  (continued.) 


Thy        right        hand,        0 


Nt 


+—£ 


Lord,         hath 


i  • 

id 


dash     - 


ed 


^ 


f 


f-=g=g 

es,    Hath    dash  -   ed       in 


pie    -     res      tiie       e 

s 


M 


ne    -     niy. 


^ 


fcz=fe 


Had  the  Magnificat  not  come  down  to  us,  the  apparent  complete  spontaneity 
of  this  wonderful  chorus  would  have  at  once  negatived  the  idea  that  it  could  have 
been  developed  from  a  setting  made  to  another  text.  There  was,  however,  one 
indication  pointing  that  way  in  the  strong  accent  erroneously  placed  in  this  chorus 
on  the  first  syllable  of  the  word  '  become '  every  time  that  it  occurs.  Nor  could 
this  be  attributed  to  Handel's  incomplete  knowledge  of  English,  for  in  the  duet  for 
two  sopranos  "The  Lord  is  my  strength"1  where  the  word  'become'  occurs  far 
more  frequently  than  in  this  chorus,  it  is  invariably  accentuated  correctly. 

A  short  choral  introduction  (No.  25),  "  And  in  the  greatness  of  Thine  excel- 
lency," leads  into  "Thou  sentest  forth  Thy  wrath  which  consumed  them  as 


See  pp.  97-110. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


149 


stubble,"  a  double  chorus,  82  bars  long,  chiefly  remarkable  as  being,  -with  the 
exception  of  its  last  three  bars,  the  entire  choral  setting  in  the  Magnificat  of  the 
words  "Fecit  potentiam  in  broxichio  suo,  dispersit  superbos  mente  cordis  sui," 
transferred  bodily,  with  very  few,  and  those  quite  insignificant,  corrections,  to  the 
score  of  Iwael  in  Egypt.  The  orchestral  accompaniment,  too,  is  taken  over  from 
that  in  the  Magnificat,  with  parts  for  three  trombones  added  to  it,  but  substan- 
tially unchanged. 

The  three  independent  bars  which  Handel  has  appended  by  way  of  close 
present  no  point  of  interest. 

This  number  is  followed  by  the  chorus  (No.  27)  "  And  with  the  blast "  in  which 
about  50  bars  out  of  71  are  taken,  or  contrapuntally  developed,  from  the  Alto  solo 
"  Deposuit  potentes  "  in  the  Magnificat  After  one  bar  of  orchestral  prelude  the 
chorus  enters  as  shown  in  the  following  Example  : 


JQ  jt  i  

JllJ 

i.  4U 

• 

And  with  the 

J¥  —  N  —  N  r*  —  i 

X   ftf    /t 

1 

•  

"^^  —  ^T~3  

fm      ft    I; 

m    m     m      •» 

VSLJ                       f 

3 

rm  f 

1*  r 

i           r       r 

u                          '  f 

A 

Handel-                                   And  with  the  bias 

v     v      N    \^- 

»     F 

s    /      S 

ml  with  the 
t 

—  = 

blast 

r  | 

r 

/    x 

of       Thy 
-trils 
»     .      v 

of 

Thy  nos 

J"  A 

-IT 

p 

J    ^ 

fc  V  fl                  */ 

J 

1 

J  •  « 

,  » 

/*  TW     /*        '      J       « 

1       • 

A        A 

0 

~ 

T  r  r  r 

Tr         [     t,J 

•  — 

V 

=•*:       ff 

/     !        1  . 

G 

"V                                                                                                                                                                          F*          F"            F 

And  with  the,      hlnst, 

blast       of  Thy  nos-trils 

pfa   J      JJ-M^t  T^ 

• 

the 

wa     -     ters 

H. 

nos-trils       the,    wa   - 

^.  j*   7    P  r  f 

ters  were 
the 

t'ttt    It     t    = 

ga  -ther-ed    to  -  ge-ther, 
wa    -    ters  were  ga  -ther-ed     to    - 

~*  e  
f               7 

ge-ther, 

.r.r 

-+-*  —  •  —  *  — 

hy  fa        ],  if  *  » 

—4  

r  ' 

4 

r~f^p~ 

—  5" 

P     p  P 

3f  — 

p  

1  —  E 

Vs                                                                        r 

of  Thy  nos-trils 

"^                      '                V 

the    wa    -     ters  were     ga  -  ther-ed 

•H  ft  J     J  -  i 

J 

•< 

J     : 

A\  ft  '(^  

*~p  — 

•EEJ  —  p-f  —  p 

rrT  —  r  — 

VH/                                    OhA^.st  T  A-  ii         jg 
Mag.  (Transposed 
/^    a        a  Tone  up.) 

J 

^ 

•4 

L—  1  

J—  J5 

*  JJ 

j 

~r\I  —  ^Ti  —  ft  <C  

r                   i 

i 

—  f- 

—  , 

i*  »       *  " 

fm      fiZHE                3 

K 

> 

B 

F 

___£  —  :  

/       / 

~+VT  r'..'— 

150 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


This  Example  shows  Handel,  after  writing  a  couple  of  bars  in  Canon  on  an 
independent  subject,  taking  up,  and  playing  contrapuntally  with,  a  phrase  from  the 
prelude  in  the  Magnificat.  He  then  modulates  into  the  key  of  G  and  repeats 
the  Canon  there.  Next  he  borrows  a  phrase  from  the  song  to  which  the 
prelude  leads : 

Ex.  40.  (continued.' 


the  floods  stood    •  up  -  right,         stood     up-  right   as       an       \  heajj      etc. 


I 


Mag. 


^ 


et     ex  -    ul    -      to, 


vit      etc . 


and  occupies  with  it  and  a  series  of  iterated  crotchets  the  next  twelve  bars,  after 
which  he  resumes  continuous  touch  with  his  source  as  follows : 


Ex.  40-  ^continued.) 

the          floods     stood 


fc^ 


up    -  right     as     an 


the 
the    wa  -  ters  were 


wa   -    ters  were  ga  -ther-ed  to  - 
ga  -ther-ed    to  -  ge  -  ther, 


ge-ther, 


Handel. 


heap, 


as  an 


x  ^  —  «*  — 

"_3"        

—  •»-   w  — 

W>      *        ±                m 

A                ^        ~ 

r     ««              A 

^V             I       V    r        P    m 

• 
" 

r    *          \         \ 

b    8P     *    p 

7    f       [J* 

C 

r       y   I/ 

^    Lj    k 

the      wa  - 

ters  were 

ga    -  ther-ed, 

the     wa    -    ters 

were 

tlie 

depths       were 

con-geal    -    ed, 

the 

k 

J 

7 

^ 

N 
*                   J 

J*  J     -T 

JT 

2?  $  •  —  •  ""       —  •  

—  _  — 

Alto. 
Mag. 

Instrumental 
Bass. 


»X   fjl            ^      ^ 

IN     i 

s    is     .. 

K  — 

^  1 

[      |*     ]S      N        I 

v— 

/     • 
de 

^=*=^  *  •>    '    r, 

po-su-it      po    -    ten-tes,                et 

JL.  g    r  —  F= 

ex-  al  -ta  -  vit 

m            SZZZZ 

^-  —  ft  -1 

/ 

p-     -  -  -7---  -'- 

ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


151 


heap, 


heap,. 


H. 


Mag. 


X  fj  tt       1                       J          *              —"""" 

jf    f  w       ^ 

•     A   A 

CM}               1**       ^      1*        1           fr—    Cl0       ^         A 

i    *     r      r 

cJ               /         ^      ^                     <-»«».         r         L 
ga  -  ther-ed,    the         wa           ters    were, 
depths        were  con   -  geal     -      ed,     the 

*,i  J    J  J  J    ;  - 

ga  -  ther-ed      to     -     ge-ther 
depths       were  con  -  geal     •       ed 

»y  an  —                         9—    —  •  — 

—  $  —         —  ^  

^/  "{I 

,£ 

K 

rf-$-$-f- 

Xfy  /.  J*  J  r  [t^V  ^  «*~  r     ?~£~ 

hu  -  mi-  les,    de    -   po  -  su  -  it       po    -    ten      -      tes      et 

wi-F  —  r  —  k  1—  f  —  r  — 

ex  -  al  -ta  -  vit 

tn  '     f     1  r    v  ^    i     i 

The  rest  of  the  chorus  is  supplied  by  contrapuntal  working  on  materials  already 
used  in  it,  more  particularly  on  the  groups  of  four  notes  descending  by  Thirds  in  the 
bass  of  the  last  extract  from  the  Magnificat.  With  these  Handel  produces  effects 
of  wonderful  sublimity  which  culminate  at  their  last  appearance  just  before  the 
choral  close : 


Ex.  40.  (continued.) 


the          depths        were     con    - 


J  f\    A 

,     > 

i                  ,.           ,. 

—Jf  —  Wf  —                         —  «»  —                            — 

r          .  • 

J  _S  !,  

rflN    ff 

—  »— 

—  -•     —0 

fo*= 

f        f 

the          depths       were     con 
sea.                                         were     con     - 

geal 

geal 

ed,            con 

-5?  —  _  

5* 

,  ^     .         geal-ed,  were     con       -        geal   -    ed 

7t  —  Tl  1  — 

z±:  — 

—  i  

(^^     tr 

V^  y                  ^          ^J          fl 

• 

r^ 

•              M 

-         m 

rj 

i32               m 

»» 

geal  -  ed,  were     con 

ed,      con 

bl                    j 
•       J          - 

geal  -    ed 
geal  -    ed 

J.     J 

TT  r 

in    the  heart 

1  ,    ^ 

of         the 

o 

sea. 

u        r   % 

^•^ 

* 

,  0  1 

—  &  ' 

—  o  — 

^  —  #  —  EE 

" 

—  F  —  ' 

^       m 

- 

—  ^__  —    —  ^ 

r    /^     ttf 

the  depths  were  con  -  geal  -    ed 

n~    ~T 

H. 


152 


ISKAEL    IN    EGYPT 


This  is  followed  by  twelve  bars  of  concluding  orchestral  symphony  closely 
modelled  on  those  which  perform  the  same  function  after  the  Alto  solo  in  the 

Magnificat : 

Ex.  40.  (continued.) 


Mag. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


153 


*    0     It 


J-  .  Jy 


rrr 


H. 


IP 


Mag-. 


Mag. 


The  reader  will  observe  that,  whereas  in  bars  3  and  4  on  page  152  Handel 
reaches  five-part  writing,  he  drops  abruptly  into  three-part  writing  at  the  beginning 
of  bar  5  and  continues  in  it  to  the  end  of  the  movement 


154 


A  parallel  drop  from  six-part  to  four-part  writing  occurs  at  the  same  place  in 
the  Magnificat,  the  stave  in  which  parts  for  two  oboes  are  written-iu  for  the  first 
three  bars  becoming  abruptly  vacant  at  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  bar,  and 
continuing  so  to  the  end  of  the  symphony.  Handel,  however,  does  not  silence  his 
oboes,  but  directs  them  to  play  in  unison  with  the  first  violin  during  the  rest  of  the 
movement.  In  the  Magnificat  this  symphony  is  also  used  as  a  prelude  to  the 
Alto  solo,  but  with  this  difference  that  independent  oboe-parts  are  there  written-in 
throughout  the  ten  bars  of  which  it  consists.  The  parts  which  Handel  has 
discarded  are  certainly  less  interesting  than  that  of  the  first  violin,  which  he 
has  improved  and  bidden  the  oboes  to  reinforce  This  will  be  seen  from  the 
following  Example : 


Ex.  ^.O.  'continued. 


Mag1. 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


155 


Passing  over  the  two  airs  "  The  enemy  said  "  and  "  Thou  didst  blow,"  and  the 
double  chorus  "  Who  is  like  unto  Thee,"  where  there  is  r>o  reason  to  suppose  that 
Handel  was  indebted  to  any  previous  sources,  we  reach  the  double  chorus  (No.  31) 
"  The  earth  swallowed  them,"  which  consists  of  41  bare  taken,  as  far  as  the  voice 
parts  are  concerned,  all  but  note  for  note  from  the  setting  in  the  Magnificat  of 
"  Sicut  erat  in  principio  "  etc. 

The  false  accentuation  on  '  The '  in  bar  1 

Ex.  41. 


Handel. 


Mag. 


The     earth      :    swa 


-  low'd     :  tli em 


f 


Si   -    cut  e  -  rat      in  prin  -  ci  -  pi  -  o       et       nnnc    et    sem     -    per 


might,  even  without  access  to  the  Magnificat,  have  raised  a  suspicion  that  the 
setting  here  was  not  absolutely  original. 

The  Alto  and  Tenor  duet,  "  Thou  in  Thy  mercy,"  is  almost  wholly  based  on  a 
composition  for  the  same  voices  in  the  Magnificat  set  to  the  words  "  Esurientes 
implevit  bonis."  Out  of  the  115  bars  which  this  movement  occupies  in  Israel, 
only  26  appear  to  owe  nothing  to  the  Magnificat,  and  17  more  to  contain  a  mixture 
of  independent  and  derived  matter.  But  the  improvement  effected  on  the  material 
taken  over,  especially  by  supplying  an  interesting  string  accompaniment  where  the 
Magnificat  had  only  a  bare  figured  bass,  is  very  great. 

The  duet  in  the  Magnificat  not  being  provided  with  an  instrumental  symphony, 
Handel  has  supplied  one,  the  first  half  of  which  is  made  out  of  its  opening  vocal 
subject,  and  the  second  half  appears  to  have  been  scored  independently,  as  will  be 
seen  in  the  next  Example  : 


nP  i-f    T 

~rr  «"  i  

] 

3x 

• 

4 

:2. 
i—  « 

r 

Violin  I. 
Handel. 

(fa  b  tf    ^^— 

\ 

y= 

a 

^IH  —  H  —  —  

y 

—  ^ 

(^    M             _  i 

Violin  II. 

U^-V-j  |g    = 

E 

=6 

b  ^ 

r  i*        • 

Instr.  Bas? 
j  fa              Tenor. 

r  — 
>i__  — 

L  *    i  j 

N  J  »~,  ?  ,^i 

Mag. 
Instrumental 

QJ                   p 

+¥.  —  'A    0. 

s 

i 

/•i 

;  * 

J- 

_?  ^.  —  pL_  P_        ?_•  

J  J  J    1    1     ?^ 

Bass. 

*    ^    «!    J    J  J1^- 

156 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 

~~fe^££^ 


tfr 


n. 


lfi£~T  —  T~  ~T~  1 

i  I~~J  —  h~n 

1  —  1  —  —  J  rTI 

-    fes 

j  •  j  j 

i/n  -  pie    -     vit 

—  i  

*}•  L     **-  0—P-  -&-  

ft€>  . 

3.  —  tt"- 

IT  "  i   r  i     r 

tfl  1 

i 

=jp         |»        y        ±M=j 


H. 


Mag. 


Instrumental  Bass. 


fry  —                                        —  Nn 

|AJ>    J.     —     •>     J.  j-j 

—.-.  —  -*~z  J  J   ,    J 

—  i-  —  .  —  —  .  —  —  
_j  

/•  i 

r 


r    rrr 


0^- 


H. 


Mag. 


^~ 


ISEAEL    IN   EGYPT 


157 


The  duet  then  proceeds  side  by  side  in  the  two  versions  for  many  bars,  as  the 
next  Example  will  show.  The  first  five  bars  from  the  Magnificat  already  quoted 
are  repeated  here  for  convenience  of  comparison. 


Ex.  42.  (continued.) 


Alto. 


-f-^^-1- 

1  J  J  J.            J^H 

—  1  1  , 

ffy    "    «       0    m 

»     •    *                       V 

«2 

SSz                       9    •    J    •  J 

fl    «> 

Handel. 

Thou    in         Thy 

mer 

r~  "f~  •   m  0  m    , 

-     cy 

¥  r  r  f 

fc\*          Q                                     \. 

r   (• 

t 

/•  1      •'       "^                          f 

LJ  '    r 

S    b    4      r                      r 

^"**"—  W        ^"^     j 

•^      "   •  T                                 * 

N 
^  ^                  Tenor. 

1         I 

V    i     «5                                            —  .. 

,-  —  s 

i 

(1  t>  i!    J  J 

-J-J-15  •  F  •  , 

__^__  — 

Mag. 
p.  49. 

(Transposed 
a  Tone 
down.) 

ViU         Z             *     •    «     •     "  J  J 

tJ                                                                     * 

E    -     SM    -     ri     - 
4\*        1 

"-tLS^ 

e?t       ... 
J     1     1    T-1  FiT- 

-  <cs 

V*  L  I!     o  • 

SS           _P 

!;r  p  v  P 

hast  led      forth         Thy 


**= 


& 


Mag. 


"\ 

'  0  ,              —  1  —  1  —  h  —  t- 

—  r  1  1 

i  —  t-  -i  —  \  fn 

X   U      -  -            -d— 

J    i      r""i 

~g—        ~T 

I  m    2                           •                •       J 

U                       •                       d    I 

Gt  '                          *  *        • 

n^>  •                                         ^     w 

r 

t/n      -      ^)^e  -  mt 

•      *  if 
60      - 

. 

! 

P     1^*> 

-or^— 

158 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


II. 


re       -        deem 


ed,       which     Thou 


hast 


ZS"~  r -V 

§E^  E±E 


' 


P^5 


Mag. 


«r:r 


O  ' 


Tenor. 


[rn  '•'      LjF  P       fl^ 

V  • 

—  H  —  HP-       '  f  

re                    deem 

ed. 

Thou      in              Thy 

6V 

•L                V 

/•  1                                   Pi 

>                f 

-X    ^ 

f-             r 

• 

V 

Alto. 

XL  i?  —  P  ^  bJ  ii  J  .  — 

<»  .  

1  —  I  —  r~~~\  f^  — 

vii/           [               '     I*  -^            iT  0   » 

. 

rai's. 

1  1  1  H  

E      -      s?6             rt 

/*~i  —           —  ^  — 

1  i^~d  —  f  — 

-*^       r> 

HJ     *     J 

Mag. 


ht'-h  — 

I 

i 

-  en 

UF=  f  p    r  7-7-    .  . 

*> 

^i=-==i=i= 

ww     -      ple-vit 

^i^±=t^ 

ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


159 


Ma» 


Mag. 


Thou       in  Thy 


160 


hast  led    forth        Thy  peo    -         -    pie    which  Thou 


hast  led    forth         Thy 


z'wi  -    pie    -     vit 


Ma*. 


tes 

J, 


J.  «N  J 


60 


•    r  


hast 


re       -       deem 


-   ed,    Thy 


Mag. 


^bfesE^ 


m 


<> 


peo    -    pie 


which  Thou  hast    re      -       deem 


_•/  fl        -  nt's,        im  -  pie     -     vit     :    bo 


Mag. 


-  nts, 


vit 


60 


.    J.    J  J    J 


S 


TT 


ISKAEL    IN    EGYPT 


161 


ed. 


J  J  J 

c  r  — 

1          - 

A                 ;* 

-    ed. 

J 

*v       ^    - 

no 

-yZ—j,  __ 

• 

i*          ^ 

-P  

^ — r 

'j> 


3p 

?             i     i 

J 

—  J  ? 

-pa- 

tj 

•4s" 

c*  • 

J^L  ^L. 

r 

nt's. 

.  «~«rk 

J^  —  "J" 

— 

^3  — 

gfc 

>        0                           =H 

^  =Lf~T  —  1 

a  

Mag. 


Handel  constructs  the  next  five  bars  by  repeating  the  last  five,  transposed  a 
Fifth  higher,  and  with  the  voice-parts  inverted  : 

Ex.42,  (continued.) 

which  Thou  hast    re    -     deem        ... 


H. 


* 


H. 

Last  five  bars 
transposed. 


Thy 

.    A 


±-*rf-f 


peo    -     pie 


which  Thou  hast   re   - 


ed. 


H. 


-  deem 


±_ 


§= 


-  ed. 


iM 


^r 


162 


ISRAEL    IN    EGYPT 


After  a  short  instrumental  interlude,  abridged  from  the  opening  symphony  to 
this  duet,  Handel  leads  off  a  section  not  taken  from  the  Magnificat,  beginning  with 
the  beautiful  phrase : 


Ex.42,  (continued. ] 


Tenor. 


Thou    hast        guid  -  ed     them         in      Thy          strength,    in      Thy        strength 


This  he  first  works  contrapuntally  for  the  voices,  and  then  modifies,  while 
ingeniously  constructing  an  instrumental  accompaniment  for  it  out  of  the  vocal 
material  of  the  duet,  as  shown  in  the  following  Example  : 


Alto 


Violins. 


Bass. 


Ex.  42.  (continued.* 


Thou  hast         guid- ed     them        in     Thy 


p^ 


strength 


A  complete  repetition  of  the  introductory  symphony  terminates  the  duet. 

The  succeeding  number  (33)  is  the  colossal  double  chorus,  "  The  people  shall 
hear,"  probably  the  greatest  of  all  Handel's  polyphonic  compositions,  and  certainly 
one  which  both  as  respects  construction  and  sublimity  has  been  surpassed  by 
the  choral  masterpieces  of  J.  S.  Bach  alone.  Fortunately  there  is  no  ground  for 
doubting  that  it  is  a  thoroughly  spontaneous  product  of  his  genius.  Dr.  Chrysander 
has,  it  is  true,  suggested  that  a  morsel  from  Stradella's  Serenata  may  have  given 
Handel  the  first  germ  of  his  wonderful  setting  of  "shall  melt  away."1  The  passages 
in  question  open  thus : 


1  Sae  the  table  of  contents  prefixed  to  his  edition  of  the  Serenata. 


ISKAEL    IN    EGYPT 


163 


Ex.43. 


r  Q  & 

N 

J      1              N 

i  —  1  --    • 

'  Jt        '  —  ff  E  

c            «/       * 

*    J    v   ifJ 

_j  

CM}         ^~* 

r         2 

'  1*  — 

Choir  I. 

\i    i 

ys&" 

shall 

melt               a 

i 

way 

b\*  S 

7   ^ 

\ 

—  ^  

J   *    \^J 

f 

f                       

Handel. 

shall 

'ft  it 

melt               a    - 

way 

X,        {*    v 

_ 

>            «/    ft  J 

*    J   V   aj      J 

IjT)    —  —  *~^  *  

_^  —  /  —  E  

^  ^ff  .  

Choir  IT. 

shall 

melt               a    -   way 

fc>#  tt  v  — 

_J  ?  

2. 

* 

N 

Instr.  Ba 
mi-  che, 

ss. 
a  - 

shall    melt 
mi-  che  a  pie    -    ta 

Soprano. 

(*&  ff  ij  ftp  — 

r 

h  MH 

i  P              -     . 

Stradella. 
Serenata  p.  21, 
(Transposed 
a  Tone  up.) 

-U-f  

Ne 
Bass. 

^-^ 

?m-  che,         ne 

'A           i 

*>  4$e  * 

mi-che   a  pie    -    ta 

?      J.     J  ^ 

Bass. 

5j£  2  —  £  — 

E 

Instr.  Bass. 

but  the  resemblance  is  evidently  too  slight  to  prove  anything. 

This  terminates  our  survey  of  Israel  in  Egypt,  as  its  remaining  matter  (Nos. 
34-39)  contains  nothing  relevant  to  our  present  inquiry,  indeed  mainly  consists  in 
the  repetition,  with  some  additions,  of  the  double  chorus  (No.  18)  which,  with 
No.  17,  opens  Part  IL  of  the  oratorio. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


DISCUSSION   OF   THE    QUESTION   WHETHER   HANBEL's    MODE   OF   DEALING   WITH 
COMPOSITIONS    BY   OTHER   MASTERS   WAS    MORALLY   JUSTIFIABLE. 

IN  our  survey  of  parallel  passages  contained  in  Chapters  V.  and  VI.  we  saw  by 
numerous  instances  that  Handel  was  in  the  habit  of  working  up  his  own  earlier 
compositions  into  new  forms.  In  this  he  was,  indeed,  only  following  the  practice  of 
his  time,  even  when,  as  we  saw  him  doing  in  movements  in  the  Messiah,  he  divorced 
music  which  he  had  previously  written  to  extremely  secular  words  and  reset  it  to 
others  of  a  strongly  sacred  character.  It  may  interest  my  readers  to  see  his  great 
contemporary,  John  Sebastian  Bach,  doing  exactly  the  same  thing  in  his  Dramma 
per  Musica  "  The  choice  of  Hercules  "  and  his  Christmas  Oratorio.  The  former 
work  contains  a  song  in  which  '  Pleasure '  lulls  Hercules  to  sleep  with  the  advice 
to  "  follow  the  allurements  of  raging  desire,  revel  in  enjoyment  and  recognize  no 
bounds."  The  music  to  this  reappears,  substantially  unaltered,  as  the  celebrated 
cradle-song  in  the  Christmas  Oratorio.  Again,  Hercules,  in  a  vigorous  aria,  pro- 
claims his  refusal  to  listen  to  "  abandoned  Pleasure,"  and  boasts  that  he  has  "  long 
since  crushed  and  torn  to  pieces  the  serpents  that  sought  to  catch  him  in  their 
toils."  Save  for  a  few  alterations,  the  music  set  to  these  denunciatory  words  is  that 
of  the  Alto  song  in  the  Christmas  Oratorio  calling  on  Zion  to  prepare  herself  to 
receive  with  tender  endearments  the  infant  Messiah.  Admirers  of  that  song  have 
doubtless  wondered,  as  I  have,  why  in  its  second  part  a  moving  bass  with  an 
undulating  effect  is  introduced,  though  there  is  nothing  in  the  praises  of  Zion's 
beauty,  which  form  the  text,  to  suggest  such  treatment.  Inspection  of  the  next 
Example  will  show  that  this  accompaniment  was,  in  the  earlier  form  of  the 
composition,  an  imitation  of  snake-motion,  which,  by  simple  transference,  has 
come  to  occupy  an  inappropriate  place  in  the  Christmas  Oratorio.1 

Ex.  44. 


Alto. 


Christmas  Oratorio:      Dei-ne    Wan  -  gen 
Choice  of  Hercules:    Denndie  Schlan-gen 


Instrl 
Bass. 


miis-sen       heut'     viel     sclio  -  ner       pran .  gen 
die  mich     woll  .    ten      ivie  -  gend     fan  -    g?n 


etc. 


Comparisons  such  as  the  above  and  those  which  we  have  already  made  between 
settings  by  Handel  of  secular  words  and  their  employment  in  the  Messiah*  are  at 

1  My  attention  was  first  drawn  to  the  connexion  between  the  Christmas  Oratorio  and  the  Dramma 
per  Musica  by  that  excellent  Bach  scholar,  Mr.  Donald  Tovey.  a  Pages  36-46. 

164 


SACRED    AND    SECULAR    TEXTS  165 

first  sight  rather  perturbing,  but  have  their  use  in  reminding  us  that  music  is  not 
in  itself  either  '  sacred '  or  '  secular.'  It  may,  when  set  to  sacred  or  secular  words, 
gather  to  itself  their  respective  associations :  it  may  be  grave  or  light  in  character, 
and  so  better  fitted  for  the  one  destination  than  for  the  other.  But,  as  religious 
emotion  does  not  differ  in  essence  from  secular  emotion  of  a  kindred  sort,  music, 
however  splendidly  adapted  for  association  with  either,  can  express  neither  as 
distinguished  from  the  other.  Such,  however,  is  the  strength  of  association,  that  at 
the  present  day  no  leading  composer  would  venture  on  transferences  such  as  those 
we  have  seen  effected  by  Handel  and  Bach.  Nor  is  the  reason  of  this  difference 
far  to  seek,  residing,  as  it  does,  in  the  vast  extension  of  music-publishing  since  the 
days  of  those  great  men. 

To  us,  who  are  apt  to  consider  that  an  injury  is  done  us  if  we  cannot  buy  a 
pianoforte  score  of  a  great  choral  work  for  a  shilling  or  two,  it  seems  at  first  sight 
incredible  that,  in  spite  of  Handel's  enormous  popularity,  only  one  of  his  composi- 
tions of  that  class,  Alexander's  Feast,  was  published  in  a  complete  form  during  his 
life-time,  the  oratorios  having  appeared  only  in  selections  with  the  choruses  left 
out.1  Of  Bach's  church  cantatas,  also,  only  one1  attained  publication  during  his 
life,  and  that,  perhaps,  less  on  account  of  its  intrinsic  merit  than  because  it  was 
composed  to  celebrate  an  election  of  town-councillors.8  The  rest  of  his  compositions 
of  that  class,  and  they  numbered  hundreds,  remained  in  manuscript  at  his  death. 
Now  the  fact  of  publication  or  no  publication  would  evidently  greatly  affect  a 
composer's  attitude  towards  his  works.  If  he  had  published  a  setting  of  a 
particular  text,  his  music  had  thereby  entered  into  a  union  with  it  for  better  for 
worse,  a  printed  certificate  of  which  was  producible  at  any  moment.  But  if  the 
setting  had  not  been  published,  the  composer  occupied  a  freer  position,  and  by 
attaching  his  music  to  new  texts  might  secure  further  hearings  for  it — assuredly  a 
legitimate  object  of  ambition.  We  may  thus  explain,  e.g.,  Bach's  incorporation 
in  the  Mass  in  B  minor  of  materials  already  used  in  his  church  cantatas,  and 
Handel's  manifold  adaptations  from  his  own  older  choral  compositions  in  Israel  in 
Egypt  and  elsewhere.  Even  in  the  case  of  settings  transferred  from  light  secular 
to  decidedly  religious  texts,  the  fact  of  non-publication  prevented  any  fixed  associa- 
tion growing  up  between  music  and  words  such  as  would  make  a  fresh  destination 
given  to  the  former  appear  incongruous  or  even  lacking  in  reverence. 

Enough  has,  I  think,  now  been  said  on  Handel's  readaptations  of  his  own  old 
materials,  in  which  he  followed  what  was  the  practice,  and,  as  I  have  tried  to  show, 
a  not  unreasonable  practice,  of  his  age.  His  appropriations  from  the  works  of 
other  composers,  living  and  dead,  went,  on  the  contrary,  both  as  to  their  character 
and  their  extent,  far  beyond  anything  that  has  been  established,  or  even  asserted, 

1  Chrysander's  '  Life  of  Handel,'  vol.  II.,  pp.  428,  429.  s  "  Oott  ixt  mein  K&nig." 

8  Sedley  Taylor,  '  Life  of  Bach  : '  Cambridge,  Macmillaii  and  Bowes,  1897,  p.  25. 


166  ZACHOW 

in  the  case  of  any  other  composer  of  the  first  rank.  They  give  rise  to  a  problem  of 
remarkable  interest  and  no  small  difficulty,  viz.,  how  it  was  that  Handel,  who  is 
recognised  on  all  hands  as  having  been  a  thoroughly  honourable  man,  can  have 
thought  himself  at  liberty  to  take  such  unprecedented  liberties  with  the  results  of 
other  men's  labours.  But  before  entering  on  the  discussion  of  this  problem,  let  us 
try  to  ascertain  at  what  period  of  his  career  specimens  of  this  method  of  procedure 
first  show  themselves. 

It  is  well  known  that  Handel's  only  teacher  in  music  was  Zachau  (or  to  adopt 
the  correct  spelling,  Zachow),  the  principal  organist  at  Halle,  under  whose 
instruction  he  remained  from  early  boyhood  until  he  was  qualified  to  start  as  an 
independent  musician.  As  Zachow  was  a  somewhat  prolific  composer,  it  seemed  a 
not  unreasonable  conjecture  that  when  his  works  came  to  be  published  they  would 
prove  to  have  been  a  further  quarry  of  Handelian  ideas.  Their  recent  appearance 
under  the  editorship  of  Dr.  Max  Seiffert1  has,  however,  failed  to  verify  this  fore- 
cast. A  few  instances  of  parallel  treatment  and  similarity  of  phrase  present 
themselves  and  have  been  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Seiffert,  but  none  of  thematic 
appropriation  such  as  Handel  subsequently  practised.  Nor  need  this  surprise  us, 
for  Zachow's  melodies  were  too  dull  and  his  harmonies  too  common-place  to  have 
stirred  the  emancipated  Handel  to  thoughts  of  appropriation.  But,  for  all  that, 
Dr.  Seiffert  has  ably  shown '  that  Zachow  was  a  thoroughly  equipped  church 
musician  of  a  sound  pre-Bachian  type,  who  at  the  time  when  Handel  was  under  his 
charge  was  himself  actively  endeavouring  to  advance  in  his  art,  and  is  therefore 
likely  to  have  given  the  young  genius  exactly  the  kind  of  instruction  best  suited 
for  his  future  development.  Handel  is  known  to  have  always  spoken  of  his  one 
and  only  teacher  in  music  with  the  utmost  respect,  and  through  Dr.  Seiffert's 
exertions  we  know  in  some  measure  why  he  did  so. 

In  1703  Handel,  then  in  his  eighteenth  year,  went  to  Hamburg,  where  he 
occupied,  until  1706,  a  post  as  violinist  and  accompanist  at  the  harpsichord  in  the 
orchestra  of  the  opera,  at  that  time  one  of  the  first  in  Europa  His  contemporary 
and  associate,  Matheson,  has  left  us  the  following  account  of  Handel's  powers  on 
his  arrival  at  Hamburg : 

"  He  used  at  that  time  to  compose  very  long,  long  Arias  and  almost  endless 
Cantatas,  which  yet  had  neither  the  right  skill  nor  the  right  taste,  though  they 
possessed  a  complete  harmony,  but  the  high  school  of  opera  soon  fashioned  him 
into  something  quite  different " 

"  He  was  strong  on  the  organ  :  stronger  than  Kuhnau*  in  fugues  and  counter- 
points, especially  extempore,  but  he  knew  very  little  of  melody  before  he  had  to  do 

1  Denkm&er  deutscher  Tonkurut,  Bde  21,  22.    1905. 

a  In  the  preface  to  his  edition  of  Zachow's  works  and  more  at  large  in  an  unpublished  Paper 
which  he  has  very  kindly  allowed  me  to  see  in  manuscript 

8  J.  S.  Bach's  immediate  predecessor  at  the  Leipzig  Thomastchule. 


REISER  167 

with  the  Hamburg  operas.  .  .  .  During  the  last  [seventeenth]  century,  hardly 
anybody  thought  of  melody  ;  harmony  was  the  one  and  only  object  aimed  at."  * 

REINHA.RD  KEISER  (1673-1739),  the  director  and  leading  composer  of  the  Hamburg 
opera  during  Handel's  time  there,  is  described  by  Chrysander8  as  a  man  whose 
morality  was  "equal  to  zero,"  and  who  was  by  no  means  remarkable  for  his 
acquirements  in  technical  musicianship,  but  endowed  by  nature  with  a  seemingly 
inexhaustible  spring  of  beautiful  ideas  whence  he  poured  out  incessantly  during 
forty  years  a  stream  of  some  hundred-and-twenty  operas.  We  must  think,  then,  of 
Handel  as  gathering,  in  this  school,  ideas  concerning  the  formation  of  melody. 
Dr.  Max  Seififert,  in  the  preface  to  the  edition  of  Reiser's  opera  Octavia  which 
forms  No.  6  of  the  Handel  '  Supplements,'  *  gives  us  the  opportunity  of  observing 
this  process  at  closer  quarters,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  following  passage  which  I 
translate  thence : 

"Reiser  had  in  the  year  1704  begun  to  set  "  Almira"  and  finished  some  of  it, 
but  then,  in  the  rush  and  turmoil  of  operatic  management,  had  let  the  work  drop 
and  at  last  handed  over  the  libretto  by  way  of  experiment  to  the  young  Handel, 
whose  setting  met  with  so  warm  a  reception  by  the  Hamburgers  that,  between  the 
8th  of  January  and  the  25th  of  February,  1705,  it  was  given  19  or  20  times 
running.  Handel  strengthened  the  good  impression  which  his  first  opera  had  made 
by  at  once  following  it  up  with  a  second,  "  Nero."  Its  first  performance  took  place 
on  Feb.  25,  thus  interrupting  the  long  run  of  "  Almira ; "  and,  as  "  Nero  "  also 
made  a  success,  Handel  had  the  pleasure  of  hearing  his  own  music  performed 
continuously  until  the  beginning  of  Lent,  during  which  theatrical  performances 
were  forbidden.  This  success  of  the  novice  in  opera  caused  the  utmost  annoyance 
to  Reiser,  who  forthwith  set  to  work  to  compose  the  same  dramatic  materials 
himself.  In  the  following  August  he  brought  on  the  stage  his  "  Octavia,"  which 
displaced  Handel's  "  Nero,"  and  his  "  Almira  "  followed  it  later.  Beside  this  Keiser 
sent  to  press  a  selection  of  the  most  beautiful  Arias  and  Eecitatives  in  his 
"  Almira  "  and  "  Octavia  "  with  the  purpose  of  challenging  a  comparison  between 

his  compositions  and  those  of  Handel Handel  took  no  notice  of  all 

this,  and,  moreover,  the  opera-intrigues  led  at  that  time  to  an  abrupt  disappearance 
of  Reiser  from  Hamburg.  Handel,  too,  quitted  the  town  at  the  'end  of  1706  in 
order  to  go  to  Italy ;  but  he  retained  Reiser's  proceedings  in  his  memory  in  order 
on  a  fitting  occasion  to  inflict  an  innocent  requital  for  them. 

"  Among  the  German  music  which  Handel  took  with  him  on  his  journey  was  a 
manuscript  score  of  Keiser's  "  Octavia."  To  study  it  seriously  and  work  it  up 
exhaustively  as  a  source  for  his  own  activity,  was  the  form  which  his  requital  took. 
Everything  in  the  way  of  reminiscences  of  Keiser's  melodies  which  we  find  in 
Handel's  Italian  compositions  points  back  to  "  Octavia." ' 

1  Quoted  by  Chrysander,  '  Life  of  Handel,'  vol.  L,  p.  85.  2  Ibidem,  p.  80. 

3  Leipzig,  Handel  Society,  1902. 


168 


HANDEL    AND    KEISER 


Dr.  Seiffert  follows  up  these  remarks  by  specifying  ten  phrases  in  "  Octavia  " 
one  or  more  of  which  reappear  in  operatic  and  other  works  of  Handel  belonging  to 
the  years  1707,  1708,  1714  and  1715.  The  very  popular  opera  Agrippina, 
contains  six  of  these  phrases :  one  of  them  appears  in  three  works,  six  occur  in  two 
each  and  three  in  one  each.  I  will  set  out  four  of  these  belonging  to  the  years 
1707  and  1708,  as  they  supply  materials  for  interesting  comparisons  showing 
Handel  thus  early  in  his  career  employing,  on  a  small  scale,  the  same  system  which 
he  carried  out,  on  so  great  an  one,  in  later  years. 

Ex.  45. 

From  a  setting  of   "Laudate  pueri"  (Rome,  1707.) 

it.     >  ii 


Soprano. 

Handel. 

Instrumental 

Bass. 

From  an 

Alto. 
Reiser. 

p.m. 

(Transposed 
a  Tom;  up.) 

Strings. 

/   ffff'    '6  —  

—  •  — 

J 

P            P  "f"  f"    1*"        (• 

L\'  jtiza 

jl 

• 

1 

P 

/   ~jj      <j 

-•                           r} 

I 

-J—  J  1  

H  L-  1  

aria  in  Octavia. 
f#  *ti*   §l 

^r- 

—  •  — 

/yw     ^T      ^ 

\\V/                   fll 

y  ^  .t 

J-.    i     j  JJ-] 

^B      H    •*    , 

>  -« 

i-- 

—  J  —  J  — 

v*  fflt     ^ 

IP  ~f  (• 

•^    "TT            H 



...  ./• 

—  1  ; 

HANDEL    AND    KEISER 


169 


Ex.46. 

Symphony  to  the  song  "DelV  Iberia  al  soglio'.'  (Rodrigo,  Handel's  first  Italian 
opera,  Florence  1707) 


Handel. 
(Rodrigo.) 


I    II  I  I 


Symphony  to  the  song  "Es  streiten  mit  reizender  Bliithe"  (Outavia.) 


Reiser, 
p.  84. 

Transposed 

one  Tone 

down. 


170 


HANDEL    AND    REISER 


r^  0 

•—••—  *—  -j 
1,  

ft.             ^ 

Tfol? 

I  —  J 

S  9-  

— 

2  bars  omitted. 

• 

I 

2  

i 

9  — 

r 

Ex.  47. 

From  a  song  sung  by  'Lucifer'  in  Handel's  cantata  "La  Jlesurrezi&neMRome, 

1708.) 

_         i  *     A    _ 

noei.      Ib^jrrlr^d— 
(Resur, 


Bass  of  Symphony  to  the  song  "Costante  og-nor."  (Oc.tavia.) 


(Octavia.) 

p.  Ii7. 
(Transposed 

a  Tone  down,)  ^ 


HAJSTDEL    AND    KEISER 


171 


Ex.  48. 

Symphony  to  the  song  "Vaghe  Fonte"  (Agrippina,  1708.) 


/L  b    «- 

jjj 

J    J    J  J* 

rM  z  A 

*    *    *    < 

!     *     * 

v-u     g 

p    p    P    • 

•     P     P 

r  r  r  r 

r  j 

Handel. 

yl 

qrippma. 

^L  V  V  , 

rT5 

ZT3kj»          •' 

•|.|         C 

^  b  4 

Symphony  to  the  song  "Rtihig 

iL  t>  2  r  i  i  1  -F 

sein." 

?3= 

—  £  

, 

r 

B 

Reiser.     1  gn  7  4    J     J     J     J     J 

Octavia.    IP-               ••••*•   •*•    •*•  •*• 

P.i2.              i   r  r  r  r  i 

(Transposedl 

^ 

r 

—  ^  — 

* 

V  «L  V  , 

rr? 

EiE 

-r  —  F- 

r- 

—  -— 

H. 


Except  for  the  obligations  to  Keiser  which  have  been  named  above,1  nothing 
appears  to  have  been  found  to  show  that  Handel  in  the  long  series  of  his  Italian 

1  See  p.  168. 


172  HANDEL'S    PROCEDURE    DELIBERATE 

operas  made  any  important  use  of  extraneous  sources.  But  the  examples  set  out 
in  the  present  volume  suffice  to  show  that  in  the  series  of  choral  works  composed 
between  1737  and  1757  he  drew  on  such  sources  pretty  continuously.  The 
names  of  the  works  ill  which  we  have  seen  him  doing  this  stand  as  follows  in 
chronological  order : 

Trionfo  del  Tempo, 1737 

Israel  in  Egypt,  -  ....  1738 

Ode  for  St.  Cecilia's  Day, 1739 

Samson,        -        -  1741 

Dettingen  Te  Deum,    -        -  ....  1743 

Joshua, ....  1747 

Theodora,     -        •  1749 

Jephtha,        -        -  -         -  1761 

Triumph  of  Time  and  Truth, 1757 

In  1752  the  disease  in  Handel's  eyes  began,  which,  after  three  couchings,  left 
him  totally  blind.  This  calamity  fully  accounts  for  the  cessation  of  production 
between  Jephtha  and  the  Triumph  of  Time  and  Truth,  which  latter  was  mainly 
made  up  of  older  work  and  constituted  his  final  effort. 

That  Handel  appropriated  consciously  and  deliberately  would,  I  think,  be  clear 
even  if  we  possessed  no  other  evidence  than  that  supplied  by  comparison  of 
passages.  The  similarities  are  much  too  minute  and  extensive  to  be  accounted  for 
either  by  fortuitous  coincidence  or  by  unconscious  reminiscence.  The  former 
explanation  would  demand  a  series  of  gigantic  improbabilities,  the  latter  a 
combination  of  superhuman  memory  of  music  with  inl'rahuman  forgetfulness  of 
authorship.  But  the  evidence  supplied  by  the  Fitzwilliam  autographs  removes  any 
shadow  of  doubt  remaining  on  this  point.  They  constitute  what  is  in  effect 
Handel's  common-place  book  into  which  he  copied  from  works  by  other  composers 
passages  ranging  from  short  phrases  to  entire  long  movements,  many  of  which  he 
subsequently  incorporated,  sometimes  with  much,  sometimes  with  very  slight, 
alteration,  in  his  autograph  scores. 

We  must  therefore,  I  think,  conclude  that  Handel's  procedure  was  deliberate 
and  thoroughly  systematic.  But  before  approaching  the  personal  issues  which  this 
conclusion  opens,  it  is  necessary  to  consider  the  question  whether  public  opinion  in 
Handel's  time  regarded  the  unacknowledged  appropriation  of  other  men's  musical 
ideas  in  the  light  in  which  it  would  be  regarded  now.  Fortunately  for  us  a 
correspondence  which  took  place  in  1731  and  was  published  in  the  following  year1 
throws  a  most  instructive  light  on  this  question. 

1  "  Letters  from  the  Academy  of  Ancient  Musick  at  London,  to  Sigr>  Antonio  Lotti  of  Venice  : 
with  his  Answers  and  Testimonies.  London  :  Printed  by  Geo.  James.  MDCCXXXII." 

I  owe  the  perusal  of  this  extremely  rare  pamphlet  to  the  kindness  of  the  Librarian  of  the  Faculty 
of  Advocates'  Library  at  Edinburgh,  who  most  obligingly  sent  the  volume  containing  it  to  the  custody 
of  the  University  Library,  Cambridge,  for  my  benefit.  Dr.  Chrysander  (Life  of  Handel,  vol.  II.  pp. 
293-297)  and  Victor  Schcelcher  (Life  of  Handel,  pp.  149-155)  have  both  quoted  extracts  from  these 
letters. 


LOTTI    AND    BUONONCINI  173 

On  Feb.  5,  1731,  Mr.  Howley  Bishop,  Secretary  of  the  Academy  of  Ancient 
Music,  addressed,  by  order  of  that  body,  a  letter  written  both  in  English  and  Latin, 
to  Signor  Lotti  at  Venice,  in  which,  after  a  few  introductory  paragraphs  describing 
the  scope  and  character  of  the  Academy's  work  he  came  to  the  gist  of  his  communi- 
cation in  the  following  terms :  "  One  of  our  Members  having  received  from  Venice 
a  Book  entitled  Duetti,  &c.,  and  having  look'd  it  over,  pitch'd  upon  the  XVIII. 
Madrigal,  the  only  one  for  five  Voices,  inscribed  La  Vita  Caduca,  beginning  In 
una  Siepe,  to  be  performed  in  the  Academy.  Signor  Buononcini,  who  is  also  one 
of  our  Members,  and  who  three  or  four  years  before  had  presented  us  this  very 
Madrigal  as  his  own,  being  inform'd  of  this,  immediately  sent  a  letter  to  the 
Academy,  in  which  having  greatly  complained  of  the  Person  who  introduced  it 
among  us  under  your  Name,  he  accuses  you  as  the  Plagiary  of  his  Works,  and 
affirms  that  he  composed  this  Madrigal  thirty  years  ago,  exactly  as  it  is  printed  in 
your  Book,  at  the  command  of  the  Emperor  Leopold;  and  for  the  Proof  of  this 
appeals  to  the  archives  of  that  Emperor." 

After  saying  that  he  had  also,  by  order  of  the  Academy,  applied  for  information 
to  "  M.  Fucks,  Chappel-Master  to  the  Emperor,"  Bishop  added :  "  I  don't  therefore 
in  the  least  doubt  but  that  you  will  have  so  much  Regard  for  your  own  Fame  and 
Reputation  among  us,  as  to  inform  us  as  soon  as  possibly  you  can  how  this  Matter 
stands." 

To  this  direct  and  characteristically  British  appeal  Lotti  replied  in  a  French 
letter  dated  Venice,  March  29,  1731.  After  some  courteous  introductory  remarks 
about  the  Academy  he  continued : 

"  Touching  the  object  of  your  letter  I  confess  the  truth  to  you,  Sir,  when  I  say 
that  I  was  extremely  surprised  to  see  myself  accused  of  being  the  debtor  of  my  own 
property,  and  after  twenty-six  years  that  my  book  has  been  in  the  hands  of  the 
public,  to  find  myself  obliged  to  prove  that  it  belongs  to  me.  If  this  had  been 
represented  to  me  from  any  other  quarter,  I  should  have  appealed  to  the  public 
notoriety  of  the  fact  and  have  intrenched  myself  in  silence;  but  the  esteem  which 
I  owe  to  yourself,  and  to  the  illustrious  body  whom  you  represent,  calls  on  me  to 
satisfy  your  request." 

Lotti  goes  on  to  do  this  by  saying  that  the  Duetti,  Terzetti,  and  Madrigals  were 
composed  by  him  shortly  before  their  publication  and  that  there  were  professional 
musicians  and  amateurs  who  had  witnessed  the  progress  of  the  disputed  madrigal 
and  taken  part,  some  as  singers  and  some  as  hearers,  when  it  was  rehearsed  from 
the  rough  draft  before  being  written  out  fair.  Further  that  the  words  of  it  had 
been  specially  written  for  and  given  to  him  by  the  Abbe"  Periati,  who  was  then  at 
Vienna,  where  the  Madrigal  was  performed  before  the  Emperor  Leopold. 

After  mentioning  these  and  a  few  more  evidences  of  his  authorship,  Lotti  begs 
the  Secretary  to  be  on  his  guard  "  lest,  in  order  to  do  a  bad  turn  to  M.  Buononcini, 
some  one  had  falsely  attributed  to  him  the  letter  written  in  his  name  to  the 


174  LOTTI    AND    BUONONCINI 

Academy,  because  it  is  incredible  that,  learned  musician  as  he  is,  he  should  have 
been  willing,  out  of  light-heartedness,  to  adopt  my  defects  as  his  own." 

The  next  move  was  a  communication  dated  April  14,  1731,  from  the  Secretary 
addressed  by  order  of  the  Academy  to  Signor  Buononcini,  enclosing  copies  of  the 
letters  to  and  from  Signor  Lotti.  "  The  Academy,"  he  wrote,  "  thought  themselves 
obliged  in  Justice  to  acquaint  you  with  what  he  says  in  Support  of  his  own  Claim 
and  in  opposition  to  yours.  I  have  therefore  omitted  a  Post  in  returning  him  an 
Answer,  that  I  might  have  an  opportunity  of  receiving  your  Commands  in  relation 
to  any  thing  you  shall  think  proper  for  me  to  say  in  my  Eeply.  I  shall  wait  till 
the  middle  of  next  Week  in  Expectation  of  the  Favour  of  a  Letter  from  you.  .  ." 

The  non-result  of  this  application  is  shown  in  a  second  letter  to  Signor  Lotti 
dated  June  5,  1731,  which  had  been  delayed  by  a  prolonged  illness  of  the  Secretary. 
It  begins  by  informing  him  that  the  Academy  unanimously  agreed  that  the 
Madrigal  was  his,  and  continues  thus : 

"  I  also  (which  we  thought  just)  wrote  a  letter  to  Signor  Buononcini,  which 
was  delivered  into  his  own  Hands,  in  which  I  sent  him  copies  of  both  our  letters, 
and  told  him  I  would  wait  a  Week  before  I  wrote  to  you  again,  that  he  might,  if 
he  should  think  proper,  have  an  opportunity  of  replying.  But  I  waited  a  Fortnight 
to  no  Purpose.  I  then  sent  a  second  Letter  by  the  Keeper  of  our  Library,  and 
Signor  Buononcini  not  being  at  home  two  or  three  times,  I  order'd  it  to  be  left 
with  his  Servant ;  but  this  also,  which  I  am  surprised  at,  was  denied :  For  the 
Servant  said  he  had  Orders  to  receive  no  Letters  but  what  came  by  the  Post. 
Thus  stands  the  affair  with  Signor  Buononcini.  Yet  notwithstanding  this,  some 
Persons  who  pretend  to  be  his  Friends,  and  who  have  separated  from  the  Academy 
on  this  very  Account,  as  it  appears  since  no  other  is  pretended,  obstinately  assert 
the  Madrigal  to  be  his,  still  appeal  to  the  Archives  of  the  Emperor,  and  accuse  you 
of  Theft,  and  the  Academy  of  Slander  through  the  whole  Town.  No  answer  from 
M.  Fuchs  has  yet  come  to  my  Hands,  from  what  Cause  or  by  what  Accident,  if  he 
be  still  alive,  I  can't  so  much  as  guess.  The  Academy,  after  hearing  your  Letter 
were  willing  to  have  prosecuted  this  Affair  no  farther,  but  they  think  it  is  your 
Interest  as  well  as  theirs,  that  these  Calumnies  should  be  answered.  They  intreat 
therefore,  Sir,  that  entirely  to  refute  these  ill-minded  Persons,  you  would  be 
pleased  to  send  us  some  Certificates  of  the  Count  de  Par,  Abbot  (sic)  Periati,  or 
some  others  who  saw  the  Madrigal  at  Venice  before  it  was  published." 

The  letter  ends  with  a  request  to  Signor  Lotti  that  he  would  allow  his  name  to 
be  entered  on  the  list  of  Members  of  the  Academy.  Lotti's  reply — this  time 
written  in  Italian — is  so  very  charming  that,  though  it  is  rather  long,  I  cannot 
resist  reproducing  it  almost  in  full. 

"  I  have  received,  Illustrious  Sir,  your  most  gracious  letter  of  June  5  and,  much 
as  the  news  of  your  ill  health  grieved  me,  so  on  the  other  hand  was  I  equally 
consoled  by  that  of  its  complete  re-establishment  I  thank  you,  the  whole 


175 

Academy  and  the  worthy  Members  who  compose  it,  for  the  justice  they  do  me, 
and  may  God  grant,  since  they  agree  as  to  the  Author  of  the  Madrigal,  that  they 
may  also  be  able  to  agree  in  their  approval  of  the  work  itself.  I  hear  how  Partisans 
of  Sign.  Buononcini  are  out  of  temper  with  the  Academy  and  with  me,  and  I  could 
wish  I  possessed  the  art  of  that  lost  Music  which  excited  and  calmed  the  Passions. 
I  think  too  that  they  little  consult  the  glory  of  their  Friend,  because,  by  with- 
drawing themselves  on  this  account  from  the  Academy  they  exhibit  a  degree  of 
anger  which  would  be  just  had  an  only  Son1  been  concerned,  but  is  after  all 
excessive  for  a  Madrigal,  when  Sign.  Buononcini  can  make  similar  madrigals  and 
better  ones  too.  At  Venice,  on  the  contrary,  and  at  Vienna,  all  is  quiet,  indeed  my 
friends  joke  with  me  about  a  composition  of  mine  having  been  set  up  in  the  arena 
as  if  it  had  been  the  Golden  apple  the  possession  of  which  was  to  be  contended  for. 
As  for  the  certificates  asked  of  me,  I  verily  should  have  thought  I  stood  in  no  need 
of  this  remedy,  as  I  am  in  good  health ;  but  I  ought  to  submit  myself  to  the 
opinion  and  command  of  the  Academy ;  I  therefore  enclose  some  papers  from 
Vienna  and  from  Venice,  sufficient  even  for  any  one  who  hates  the  Truth.  I 
consigned  to  Mr.  Smith,*  three  months  ago,  in  accordance  with  your  command  and 
with  the  courage  which  it  gave  me,  some  of  my  musical  things,  which  shall  be 
followed  by  others,  and  among  these  you  will  find  a  Madrigal  for  5  voices,  which  I 
composed  at  Dresden,  during  the  time  that  I  was  in  the  service  of  that  Court,  and 
you  will  recognize  that  it  is  Grist  from  the  same  Mill.  I  know  not  whether  this 
will  have  the  fate  of  being  attributed  to  any  one  else ;  in  which  case  I  shall  equally 
console  myself,  with  the  reflection  that  my  parts  are  not  judged  so  indifferent 
when  they  meet  with  people  who  wish  to  adopt  them  as  their  own.  But  let  us 
make  an  end,  Illustrious  Sir,  of  this  ridiculous  business  which  was  not  set  going  by 
us,  into  which  I  entered  for  obedience'  sake,  and  from  which,  as  I  do  not  fear  shame, 
so  I  claim  no  glory.  Let  us  pass  on  to  better  things.  A  more  laudable,  a  more 
profitable,  a  more  grateful,  study  the  Academy  could  not  set  before  itself  and  as 
far  as  my  forces  will  permit,  they  will  always  have  in  me  an  admirer  and  a  disciple 
of  the  sublime  models  which  Antiquity  has  left  us,  among  which  it  will  be  extremely 
agreeable  and  instructive  to  me  to  be  able  to  see  the  works  of  old  English 
composers  which  you  offer  me  with  so  much  courtesy." 

The  rest  of  the  letter  contains   only  expressions  of  gratitude  towards  the 
Academy.     The  accompanying  certificates  consist  of  affidavits  made  by  leading 


1  An  amusing  blunder  in  the  version  of  this  sentence  given  in  Schcelcher*s  '  Life  of  Handel, » 
p.  153,  makes  Lotti  write  that  Buononcini's  partisans  showed  a  resentment  which  might  be  just  were 
the  dispute  about  "an  air  only,"  but  was  excessive  for  a  madrigal.  Lotti's  words  are  "  tm  Figlio 
unico,"  which  Schcelcher,  who  wrote  in  French,  would  of  course  translate  "  un  jtts  unique"  and  his 
English  translator  may  have  rendered  "  an  only  heir. "  It  needed  but  the  thoughtless  attentions  of 
some  proof-reader  to  "  correct "  this  into  "  an  air  only  "  and  thereby  reduce  Lotti's  sensible  remark 
to  sheer  nonsense.  2  British  Consul  at  Venice. 


176  LOTTI    AND    BUONONCINI 

musicians  at  Venice  and  Vienna :  they  constitute  overwhelming  proof  of  Lotti's 
claim  to  be  the  composer  of  the  Madrigal. 

The  correspondence  ends  with  an  undated  letter  addressed  to  Signer  Lotti 
by  the  Directors  of  the  Academy  in  person,  the  Secretary  being  disabled  by 
illness  from  discharging  his  official  functions.  After  some  preliminary  matter  they 
write : 

"  The  testimonies,  dear  Sir,  you  transmitted  to  us,  have  had  their  due  Weight 
with  us,  and  abundantly  confirm  us  in  the  good  Opinion  we  had  before  conceived 
of  you.  It  can  be  no  disagreeable  News  to  you  to  hear  that  we  have  sent  them, 
together  with  the  several  letters  that  have  passed  between  us,  to  be  printed. 
This  Procedure  will  serve  eternally  to  convince  you  of  our  good  and  sincere 
Intentions  towards  you ;  and  at  the  same  time  confound  those  who  have  taken 
upon  them  to  arraign  our  conduct  throughout  this  affair.  We  will  take  care  you 
shall  have  some  of  the  printed  copies  by  the  first  opportunity.  By  the  ship  called 
the  Ruby,  you  will  receive  from  us  two  Pieces  of  Musick,  the  Work  of  two  English 
Masters,  Tho.  Tallis  and  William  Bird,  the  latter  organist  and  composer  to 
Henry  VIII.,  the  former  Master  of  the  Koyal  Chapel  in  the  Reign  of  the  same 
King.  When  you  cast  your  Eye  upon  those  Pieces,  you  will  clearly  perceive  that 
true  and  solid  Musick  is  not  in  its  Infancy  with  us,  and  that,  whatever  some  on 
your  Side  of  the  Alps  may  imagine  to  the  contrary,  the  Muses  have  of  old  time 
taken  up  their  abode  in  England." 

The  letter  is  signed 

John  Pelling,  S.T.P. 
Hen.  Needier,  PhUomus. 


Directors  of  the 
Academy 


Humphry  Wyrley,  PhUomus. 
J.  C.  Pepusch,  Doctor  of  Musick. 


Bernard  Gates,  Master  of  the  children  of  his  Majesty's  chappel. 
J.  Freeman,  orae  of  the  Gentlemen  of  his  Majesty's  chappel. 

This  correspondence  shows  conclusively  that  plagiarism  was  regarded  by 
educated  musicians  in  the  eighteenth  century  exactly  as  it  is  regarded  by  them  in 
the  twentieth.  A  charge  of  being  a  "  Plagiary  "  is  what  no  man  who  has  "  regard 
for  his  own  fame  and  reputation"  can  afford  to  leave  unrebutted.  To  impute 
plagiarism  is  to  impute  "  theft,"  and  the  imputation,  if  untrue,  is  "  slander  "  and 
"  calumny."  And  that  public  opinion  viewed  the  matter  in  the  same  light  is  shown 
by  the  fact  that  when,  through  the  publication  of  the  correspondence,  the  conduct 
of  Buononcini  had  become  generally  known,  his  adherents  withdrew  their  support, 
his  principal  patrons,  the  Marlborough  family,  severed  their  connexion  with  him, 
and  he  finally  found  himself  practically  obliged  to  leave  the  country.1 

The  same  correspondence  affords  firm  ground  from  which  to  approach  another 

1  Article  in  Grove's  Dictionary,  2nd  edition. 


WHAT     IS    PLAGIARISM?  177 

question  which  now  presents  itself: — Was  the  fact  of  Handel's  indebtedness  to 
other  composers,  living  and  dead,  at  all  generally  known  during  his  life-time  ?  If 
so,  it  is  hardly  conceivable  that  the  powerful  paity  known  to  have  been  so  furiously 
and  relentlessly  hostile  to  Handel  should  have  one  and  all  abstained  from  using 
against  him  the  weapon — a  charge  of  plagiarism — to  be  convicted  of  which  had 
proved  so  ruinous  to  his  former  rival,  Buononcini.  That  such  a  charge  was  not 
made  by  them  appears  certain  from  the  silence  of  subsequent  historians  about  it, 
and  from  the  claim  to  absolute  originality  which  they  put  forth,  as  we  have  seen,1 
on  Handel's  behalf. 

But  it  may  be  maintained  that  the  term  f  plagiarism  '  is  totally  inapplicable  to 
Handel's  appropriation.^  which  had  so  immensely  improved  and  glorified  the 
appropriated  material  that,  even  supposing  them  to  have  been  contemporaneously 
notorious,  no  charge  of  plagiarism  could  with  any  hope  of  success  have  been 
brought  against  him.  This  view,  which  was  that  of  Dr,  Chrysander,2  has  been 
stated  in  the  following  terms  by  Dr.  Max  Seiffert ; 3 

"During  Handel's  lifetime  he  had  opponents  and  enviers  enough:  all  their 
machinations,  however,  produced  but  a  passing  effect — Handel  always  got  the  upper 
hand  again  with  new  deeds  and  works,  compelling  admiration  by  his  art.  His 
treatment  of  the  works  of  other  Masters  could  not  at  that  time  remain  unnoticed : 
the  works  were  for  the  most  part  accessible  in  print  and  played  a  part  in  musical 
life.  There  were  also  enough  connoisseurs  who  could  have  raised  effective  protest 
against  the  illegitimate  use  of  other  people's  property,  and  have  branded  as  such 
Handel's  dishonourable  proceeding.  Nothing  of  the  kind  happened.  Surely  the 
only  conclusion  to  be  drawn  from  this  fact  is  that  Handel's  contemporaries  found 
nothing  to  blame  in  his  procedure." 

Expanding  a  hint  given  by  Heinichen  on  the  subject  of  musical  plagiarism  in 
general,4  Seiffert  lays  down  as  follows  the  conditions  the  presence  of  which  renders 
that  term  inapplicable  : 

"  Before  one  can  speak  of  a  plagiarism,  it  ?'s  necessary  to  examine  whether  the 
foreign  ideas  in  their  original  connexion  are  literally  taken  over,  or  whether  they  are 
differently  combined  or  submitted  to  fresh  harmonic  treatment,  melodic  develop- 
ment and  contrapuntal  interweaving.     In  thj  latter  case  the  independence  of  the 
composer  counts  as  assured.     This  exactly  hits  Handel's  case." 
On  this  argumentation  I  have  two  criticisms  to  offer : 
1.  While  some  among  the  works  of  which  Handel  made  free  use,  e.g.  Muffat's 

1  See  Introduction,  pp.  ix,  x. 

2  "  While  Handel  took  possession  quite  notoriously  (qffenkundiy)  of  so  much  extraneous  material, 
without  any  one  daring  to  call  him  to  account,  his  rival  [Buononcini]  has,  curiously  enough,  to  serve 
as  the  means  of  making  us  rt •.•"gui/e  the  difference  between  thievish  and  legitimate  transference." 
Life  of  Handel.      Vol   11  p.  302.  3  Kirchenmubikalisches  Jahrlmch,  1903.  p.  93. 

4  "7e/j  -wc/t-i  in  farglt.vr.hen  JJui'us  eiwas  in  der  Arte  Combinatorial,.'"  Heinichen  :  '  Der  (Jeneralbasy 
infer  <:v  m  fwit  ton.'  Dresden  I72S  i>,  33,  quoted  by  Seiffort, 


178  HANDEL    AND    LOTTI 

Componimenti,  were  accessible  in  print  in  his  time,  Dr.  Seiffert  goes,  I  think,  a 
little  beyond  what  the  facts  warrant  in  saying  that  this  was  the  case  with  these 
works  "  for  the  most  part."  Several  of  those  from  which  Handel  borrowed  most 
largely,  composed  by  Stradella,  Urio,  Graun  and  Habermanu,  were  certainly  not  in 
print  at  that  time.  But  even  if  they  had  been,  this  would  not  have  necessarily  led 
to  a  general  knowledge  of  Handel's  appropriations,  for  lack  of  the  other  term  of 
the  comparison,  as  his  choruses,  to  which  he  transferred  most  of  the  borrowed 
materials,  were,  with  the  single  exception  named  above,]  not  published  during  his 
life-time.  To  detect  and  hunt  down  to  some  extraneous  source  a  passage  which 
one  had  only  heard  in  performance,  and  could  not  consult  a  score  of,  would  involve 
an  effort  possible  only  to  exceptionally  tenacious  memories.  These  considerations 
go  far  towards  explaining  how  Handel's  methods  may  have  remained  unsuspected 
by  his  contemporaries. 

2.  That  there  is  often  the  greatest  originality  in  the  forms  into  which  borrowed 
materials  were  worked  up  by  Handel  is  indisputable,  and  has  been  amply  proved 
in  the  present  volume.  But  that  infuriated  opponents  would  have  been  withheld 
by  such  refined  distinctions  as  those  laid  down  by  Seiffert  from  charging  Handel 
with  plagiarism,  had  they  been  acquainted  with  such  transferences  as  those  from 
Stradella  and  Kerl  in  Israel  in  Egypt,  or  from  Graun  in  The  Triumph  of  Time 
and  Truth — to  mention  only  these — appears  to  me  incredible.  So  far,  therefore,  as 
the-  evidence  before  us  goes,  it  points,  I  think,  to  the  conclusion  that,  if  no  contem- 
porary voice  was  raised  against  Handel's  annexations,  this  was  because  they  were 
not  publicly  recognised  as  such  during  his  life-time. 

Be  this  as  it  may,  however,  thus  much  is  indisputable — that  Handel,  though 
he  apparently  never  acknowledged  his  sources,  was  yet  far  from  acting  as  if  he 
thought  he  had  anything  to  fear  from  their  detection  and  exposure.  He  laid  under 
contribution  works  by  distinguished  contemporaries  as  freely  as  those  of  forgotten 
predecessors.  Thus  we  have  seen  him  inserting,  in  operas  of  1707  and  1708, 
phrases  taken  from  Keiser's  Octavia  composed  in  1705.  From  his  contemporaries 
Muffat,  Haberniann  and  Graun,  who  all  outlived  him,  he  borrowed  very  deliber- 
ately. The  retribution  which  fell  on  his  old  rival  Buononcini,  in  1732,2  can  have 
had  no  terrors  for  Handel,  who,  only  five  years  later,  incorporated  in  his  Trionfc 
del  Tempo  (1737)  two  entire  choruses  taken  almost  unchanged  from  a  work  by 
Graun.  In  the  English  Triumph  of  Time  and  Truth  (1757),  which  was  his  last 
work,  he  not  only  repeated  one  of  these  choruses,  but  proceeded  to  appropriate, 
though  with  additions  and  manifest  improvements,  a  chorus  from  a  mass  by 
Antonio  Lotti  (  +  1740),  the  very  man  from  whom  Buononcini,  with  results  so 
disastrous  to  himself,  had  sought  to  filch  the  credit  due  for  the  composition  of  the 
madrigal  "In  una  siepe  ombrosa" !  This  final  act  of  annexation,  to  which  notice 

1  See  p.  165.  a  geo  p    176 


HANDEL    AND    LOTTI 


179 


has  not  hitherto,  as  far  as  I  am  aware,  been  publicly  called,  was  recognised  by 
Dr.  Crotch  (+1847)  with  the  aid  of  Latrobe's  'Selection  of  Sacred  Music,'  which 
contains  a  "  Qui  Tollis  from  a  Mass  by  Antonio  Lotti."  In  some  manuscript  notes 
by  Crotch  in  a  copy  of  the  Triumph  of  Time  and  Truth  belonging  to  the  British 
Museum  he  has  written  against  a  passage  in  the  chorus  "  Comfort  them,  0  Lord  " 
the  words  "  This  passage  all  from  Lotti — in  Latrobe  No.  16."  Mr.  Barclay  Squire 
very  kindly  drew  my  attention  to  these  notes  by  Crotch,1  and  my  friend  Mr.  A.  M. 
Hind  was  good  enough  to  copy  for  me  the  extract  from  Latrobe1  which  is  set  out  in 
the  following  comparison.  The  accompaniment  described  by  Latrobe  as  for  the 
cembalo  [i'.e.  harpsichord]  is  no  doubt  arranged  from  an  orchestral  accompaniment 
in  Lotti's  mass,  the  original  form  of  which  I  have  not  seen. 

Ex.  49. 

Chorus  from  "The  Triumph  of  Time  and  Truth*' 


Handel. 


Comfort  them,0h 


Lord, 


S       N 


when  they    are 


*m 


fe 


sick, 


? 


when  they  are 


sick! 


H. 


X.          - 

\tj—  n 

lift  5)      — 

LJ      j      J 

a  J        • 

rt^J  4- 

Com-fort  them 

-H  —  F- 

Make  Thou  their 

ff  r 
bed, 

when  they  are 

V 

sick,      i 

ha44f  p- 

| 

nake  Thou    their 

tt»  J      J 

**)'    \ 

•y^-  —  •  —  -0  &  

•§  — 

»i 

IB  

—  ••  — 

IB  

v      \>  r 

w        !           k. 

I 

Lotti. 


-F S— — &^ 


m 


-  re,       mi  -  se  - 


n 


»t?    -    se-re.'re 


1  Another  entry  in  these  notes  shows  that  Crotch  had  anticipated  Mr.  Lunn  in  recognizmg  the 
identity  of  the  chorus  "  To  dust  his  glory  "  in  The  Triumph  of  Time  and  Truth  with  that  published 
as  Grauii's  by  Latrobe.  Sea  above  pp.  31,  32.  a  Vol.  II.  p.  62. 


180 


HANDEL    AND    LOTTI 


bed 


Comfort  them,  make  Thou          their 


bed. 


i= 


A 


Accompaniment, 

string1  parts  only. 


-S—K-- 


w 


y^cu 


v  /   * 


« 


1  ^       1  > 

J.  ±     ±'  ^ 


i 


Cembalo. 


b«/b*/  ^=9 
w~^      ^ 


P 


*5f 


A 


^ 


/    k 


HANDEL    AND    LOTTT 


181 


Voices. 


H. 


Acct 


when 


they 

J 


sick, 


mi   -  -   se   - 

J-  J 


L. 


182 


HANDEL    AND    LOTTI 


J  »J      J  ,  J 


make     Thou  their 


bed 


sick  - 


m 


ness! 


H. 


& 


i  F  i  *  i  w 


m 


se  -  re     -       re 


-    bis 


r  ,  r^J££ 


-fV-j^: 
-^  7  JJ^ 


i.\. 
• 


It  will  be  observed  here  how  Handel  from  his  fifteenth  bar  onwards  improves 
the  effect  by  putting  the  treble  of  Lotti's  accompaniment  into  the  mouths  of  his 
own  sopranos. 


183 

In  trying  to  form  an  idea  what  was  Handel's  object  in  adopting  the  procedure 
which  he  carried  out  so  extensively  and  systematically,  we  shall  do  well  to  begin 
by  examining  the  views  which  have  been  put  forth  on  this  subject  by  Dr. 
Chrysander,  He  sets  out  by  asking  somewhat  indignantly,  in  reference  to  a  remark 
made  by  Schcelcher,  an  earlier  biographer  of  Handel,  whether  "anything  more 
disgraceful  can  be  attributed  to  a  composer  than  that  he  seeks  to  enrich  himself 
illegitimately  at  the  cost  of  his  fellows  ? "  and  continues  :  "  If  the  treatment  of  the 
whole  question  had  started  with  an  examination  of  how  Handel  made  use  of  the 
Magnificat  for  Israel  and  Susanna,  it  would  indeed  have  been  shown,  independently 
of  all  external  proofs,  that  he  did  not  compose  the  work,  but  his  relation  to  it  would 
also  have  appeared  in  a  quite  different  aspect.  In  the  course  of  this  transformation 
things  come  to  light  which  are  completely  new  and  so  overwhelming  that  an 
observer  finds  it  difficult  to  preserve  the  requisite  balance  during  the  investigation. 
What  he  retained  note-for-note,  and  what  in  unexpected  fashion  he  created  entirely 
new,  all  has  become  his  own.  How  great  Handel  is  and  what  a  commanding 
position  he  occupies  towards  other  musicians  becomes  thoroughly  palpable  only 
through  work  of  this  kind.  If  sufficient  insight  has  been  gained  into  the  relation 
here  set  before  us  the  idea  of  robbery  cannot  present  itself,  and  not  less  certain  is 
it  that  it  was  not  arrogance  which  drove  him  to  such  rearrangement.  It  was  the 
impulse  of  his  artistic  nature  to  save  from  perishing  musical  ideas  which  he  saw 
lying  half-developed  or  in  an  environment  foreign  to  them.  That  he  instantly 
recognized  where  they  belonged  to  and  saw  them  in  complete  form  and  full  of 
dignified  potentialities — this  is  the  unintelligible  part  of  the  business.  Here  his 
mind  worked  like  a  force  of  Nature  which  far  outstrips  all  calculating  investi- 
gation." 1 

Elsewhere  Chrysander,  in  speaking  of  the  Ode  for  St.  Cecilia's  Day,  more  than 
half  of  which  contains  elements  derived  from  Muffat's  harpsichord  music,  says : 

"  That  everything  has  become  Handelized  down  to  its  subtlest  characteristics,  no 
unbiassed  judge  can  for  a  moment  fail  to  recognize.  But  it  is  equally  indubitable 
that  Handel's  music  has  gained  much  in  value  in  all  directions  by  the  insertion  of 
melodious  matter  due  to  others.  This  practice  of  employing  as  models  and 
material  existing  pieces  of  his  own  or  others,  was  in  him  not  an  affair  of  accident 
but  of  principle,  and  pervades  all  his  writings." 8 

In  our  study  of  Israel  in  Egypt  we  saw  decisive  proofs  that  Handel  possessed 
a  quite  astonishing  power  of  seizing  on  older  music,  his  own  or  that  of  others, 
raising  it  to  a  far  higher  level,  and  transfusing  it  with  a  nobler  life.  Where  he  did 
this,  it  is  not  too  much  to  say,  with  Chrysander,  that  the  material  taken  over 
"  became  his  own  "  in  the  sense  which  I  understand  to  be  here  intended,  viz.  that 


1  Cbryaander :  Life  of  Handel,  vol.  I,  p.  176. 

J  Chrysander.     Preface  to  edition  of  Muffat's  Componimenti,  p.  IV. 


184  DE.     CHRYSANDER'S    VIEW 

what  Handel  added  was  of  an  incomparably  higher  order  than  what  he  took.  But  this 
only  applies  to  instances  where  he  is  felt  to  be  working  with  strokes  of  genius,  or, 
to  use  Chrysander's  happy  phrase  "  like  a  force  of  Nature."  In  so  '  inspired '  a  work 
as  Israel  there  are,  indeed,  many  such  great  moments,  but  also  considerable  tracts 
where  the  alterations  effected  do  not  go  beyond  what  might  be  expected  from  a 
first  rate  teacher  of  composition  correcting,  and  improving  on,  work  by  a  talented 
pupil.  In  these  the  "  melodious  matter  due  to  others  "  by  the  insertion  of  which 
Handel's  music  "gained  much  in  value"  may  not  unfairly  rank  equally  with  the 
greater  man's  contribution  or,  if  the  alterations  have  been  insignificant,  may  even 
claim  the  first  place.  In  the  case  of  practically  note-for-note  transference  of  entire 
movements  such  as  the  two  choruses  by  Graun  and  the  canzona  by  Kerl,  it  appears 
to  me  impossible  to  claim  that  they  have  by  this  sJmple  process  "  become  Handel's 
own." 

That,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  Handel  gave  a  new  lease  of  life  to  musical  ideas,  his 
own  or  others',  which  if  left  in  their  original  forms  would  have  been  no  more  heard 
of,  is  of  course  indisputable.  But  Dr.  Chrysander,  as  we  have  just  seen,  while 
recognizing  that  "  his  music  has  gained  much  in  value  by  the  insertion  of  melodious 
matter  due  to  others "  asserts  that  Handel  was  led  to  his  practice  of  working  up 
pre-existing  material  by  "  the  impulse  of  his  artistic  nature  to  save  from  perishing 
musical  ideas  which  he  saw  lying  half -developed  or  in  an  environment  foreign  to 
them." 

This  is  an  hypothesis  which  one  would  be  very  glad  to  believe  true.  Dealing, 
however,  as  it  does,  with  the  'motives  of  a  man  dead  nearly  a  century-and-a-half  ago 
from  whom  no  utterance  about  them  has  been  handed  down  to  us  or  even  asserted 
to  have  been  made  to  any  of  his  contemporaries,  it  is  evidently  susceptible  neither 
of  proof  nor  of  disproof.  A  probable  judgment  on  it  could  only  be  reached  by 
examining  in  what  proportions  Handel's  rearrangements  of  material  show  develop- 
ment and  improved  environment,  or  appear  merely  to  have  been  made  for  the 
temporary  convenience  of  a  composer  who  was  also  an  impressario  carrying  on  a 
campaign  which  involved  the  constant  production  of  '  novelties.'  The  examination 
would  be  an  interminable  one  and  all  the  materials  required  for  making  it  have 
probably  even  yet  not  been  collected.  That  its  result  would  bear  out  the  sweeping 
assertions  of  Dr.  Chrysander  I  hesitate  to  believe. 

Quite  apart  from  what  may  have  been  Handel's  motives,  his  action  raises  a 
question  of  morals  which  must  be  considered  here.  The  nature  of  that  question 
has  been  stated  and  discussed  very  clearly  and  suggestively  by  the  Eight  Hon. 
A.  J.  Balfour,  M.P,,  in  the  following  passage  extracted  fiom  his  extremely  able 
and  interesting  essay  on  Uaudel:1 

"  But,  it  will  be  said,  the  question  of  morality  still  remains.     It  cannot  be  right 

1  Essays  and  Addressei ,  2nd  edition.     Edinburgh  :  David  Douglas,  1893. 


MR.    A.    J.     BALFOUR'S    VIEW  185 

for  a  great  writer  to  appropriate  the  work  of  a  small  one,  and  at  the  same  time 
wrong  for  a  small  one  to  appropriate  the  work  of  a  great  one.  Bare  justice  requires 
that  a  common  rule  should  apply  to  both. 

"  I  will  not  venture  on  a  full  discussion  of  the  casuistical  problem  thus  raised. 
An  interesting  chapter  remains  to  be  written  011  the  history  of  "  private  property  in 
thought."  When  this  is  accomplished,  it  will  become  clear,  I  believe,  that  while, 
at  the  revival  of  learning  and  before  it,  Iho  UP.  writ  ten  code  regulating  such  matters 
was  so  lax  that  it  was  by  no  means  considered  necessary  to  acknowledge  even 
direct  quotations,  the  monopoly  has  become  stricter  and  stricter  down  to  our  own 
time.  And  it  will  also  be  found  that  some  of  the  greatest  and  most  original 
geniuses — Shakespeare,  for  instance,  and  Moliere — have  distinguished  themselves 
by  the  readiness  with  which  they  have  made  use  of  other  men's  inventions. 
Among  such  is  Handel :  and  with  regard  to  him,  and  before  finally  dismissing  this 
topic,  I  will  only  make  two  further  observations 

"  The  first  is,  that  he  does  not  himself  seem  to  have  regarded  it  as  a  thing  to  be 
ashamed  of.  Among  the  most  astonishing  feats  of  appropriation  which  are  laid  to 
his  charge  is  the  wholesale  transference  of  large  fragments  of  a  "  Magnificat "  by  an 
obscure  musician  of  the  name  of  Erba,  to  the  score  of  "  Israel  in  Egypt."  Now, 
one  of  the  only  two  copies  of  this  "  Magnificat "  known  to  exist  is  in  Handel's 
handwriting,  and  is  preserved  among  his  manuscripts  at  Buckingham  Palace.  But 
what  is  the  history  of  these  manuscripts  ?  They  are  by  no  means  casual  chips 
from  his  musical  workshop,  scraped  together  from  holes  and  corners,  and  arranged 
for  the  first  time  after  his  death.  On  the  contrary,  Handel  himself,  always 
sedulous  of  his  fame,  set  the  greatest  store  by  them.  He  intended  leaving  them  to 
his  amanuensis,  the  elder  Smith.  He  quarrelled  with  Smith,  and  then  proposed  to 
leave  them  to  the  University  of  Oxford.  He  and  Smith  afterwards  became 
reconciled,  and  he  reverted  to  his  original  intentions.  If,  therefore,  we  are  to 
believe  that  in  employing  Erba's  materials  he  was  committing  what  he  considered, 
or  what,  in  his  opinion,  others  might  consider,  a  breach  of  morality,  we  must 
suppose  him  to  be  guilty  of  the  extraordinary  folly  of  leaving  the  evidence  of  his 
misdemeanour  in  a  convenient  and  carefully-preserved  shape  among  the  papers  on 
which  he  relied  for  the  honourable  perpetuation  of  his  memory.  And  we  must 
further  suppose  that  he  could  venture  to  quarrel  with  a  man  so  intimately 
acquainted  with  all  the  secrets,  and  according  to  the  hypothesis  the  discreditable 
secrets,  of  his  method,  as  was  Smith ;  and  that  with  the  fate  of  Buononcini  before 
his  eyes,  in  a  country  which  possessed  its  share  of  learned  musicians,1  and  where 


1  "  Among  UIQ  most  learned  of  whom  was  Dr.  Pepusch,  whom  Handel  had  ousted  at  Cannons, 
and  who  had  compiled  the  "  Beggars'  Opera  "  which  ruined  Handel's  operatic  speculations."  [Note 
by  Mr.  Balfour.]  Additional  force  ia  given  to  this  argument  by  the  fact  that  Pepusch  was,  aa  we  saw 
above  (p.  176),  one  of  the  Directors  of  the  Academy  of  Ancient  Music  pertonally  active  in  bringing 
about  the  publio  exposure  of  Buononcini. 


186  MR     A.     J.     BALFOUR'S    VIEW 

Handel  possessed  more  than  his  share  of  open  enemies  and  jealous  friends,  he  was 
prepared  to  risk  reputation  and  livelihood  at  once  in  order  to  save  himself  a  few 
hours'  extra  exertion, 

"  My  second  observation  is  this.  If  the  main  objection  to  robbery  consists  in 
the  fact  that  the  victim  of  the  robbery  is  injured  by  it,  Handel's  appropriation  of 
the  music  of  his  predecessors  would  seem  to  be  innocent,  if  not  meritorious.  So 
far  from  their  being  injured  by  it  in  the  quarter  in  which  injury  was  alone  possible, 
namely,  their  reputation,  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  their  whole  reputation  is 
entirely  founded  on  it.  Who  would  take  the  slighest  interest  in  Urio  if  Handel  had 
not  condescended  to  use  his  "  Te  Deurn  "  in  "  Saul "  and  the  "  Dettingen  ? "  Who 
would  ever  have  heard  of  Erba  if  Handel  had  not  immortalised  him  by  introducing 
parts  of  his  "  Magnificat "  into  "  Israel  ? "  The  fact  is  that  Handel  has  not  cheated 
them  out  of  their  due  meed  of  fame,  he  has  cheated  them  into  it.  And  I  apprehend 
that  if  this  were  made  a  preliminary  condition  of  all  literary  or  artistic  pilfering, 
the  art  of  plagiarism  would  not  in  all  probability  be  extensively  practised  or  grossly 
abused."  (pp.  152-156.) 

A  comparison  between  Shakespeare,  Moliere  and  Handel  in  regard  to  their  use 
of  sources  might  doubtless  lead  to  interesting  results,  and  the  similarity  between 
them  as  being  all  three  connected  with  theatres,  for  which  they  had  to  produce 
under  pressure,  of  itself  invites  sucli  a  comparison.  Its  result  could  not,  however, 
supply  evidence  bearing  on  our  present  enquiry  comparable  in  importance  with 
that  afforded  us  by  the  Buononcini  affair  as  showing  that  in  the  time  of  Handel 
plagiarism  in  music  was  regarded  just  as  it  is  now.  The  first  Copyright  Act  (8  Anne, 
cap.  19),  passed  in  1709,  under  which  proceedings  were  also  taken  in  defence  of 
musical  property,1  shows,  too,  that  a  stricter  view  of  literary  ownership  had  by  that 
time  found  utterance  in  legislation. 

Mr.  Balfour  argues  that  Handel,  if  conscious  of  having  used  a  Magnificat  by 
Erba  in  a  way  which,  once  detected,  was  likely  to  ruin  hoth  himself  and  his  reputa- 
tion, would  never  have  included  his  own  autograph  copy  of  that  work  among  the 
collection  of  volumes  which,  bequeathed  to  his  amanuensis,  the  elder  Smith,  are  now 
in  the  Library  of  Buckingham  Palace. 

The  case  which  Mr.  Balfour  makes  out  is  undoubtedly  strong,  but  is  subject,  I 
think,  to  certain  deductions.  As  Handel's  autograph  of  the  Magnificat  bore  no 
composer's  name,  it  was  only  likely  to  be  used  against  his  authorship  if  and  when 
independent  external  evidence  was  forthcoming  to  show  that  the  work  was  the 
composition  of  another.  Then,  no  doubt,  Handel's  autograph  might  play  an 
important  part  in  settling  the  question  of  priority,  but  equally  possibly  a  non- 
Handelian  authorship  might  be  completely  established  without  its  aid.  The  risk 

1  Encyclopaedia  Britannic*  :  article  'Copyright.' 


FINAL    CONSIDERATIONS  187 

of  retaining  the  autograph  in  Handel's  collection  is  somewhat  reduced  by  these 
considerations.1 

Mr.  Balfour  lias  limited  his  argument  to  the  single  case  of  the  disputed 
Magnificat,  but  it  is  equally  applicable  to  the  survival  among  the  Fitzwilliam 
autographs  of  many  passages  copied  by  Handel  from  the  works  of  Continental 
composers  and  afterwards  incorporated  in  his  own.  That  he  did  not  destroy  these 
copies  may  indeed  be  accepted  as  showing  that  he  considered  himself  to  have 
committed  no  breach  of  morality  towards  the  composers  concerned.  But  that  he 
considered  other  people  likely  to  take  the  same  view  of  these  appropriations — 
notably  of  the  two  long  ones  from  Graun,  which  go  to  the  very  verge  of  the 
Buononcini  procedure — this  I  am  unable  to  join  Mr.  Balfour  in  believing. 

The  point  so  forcibly  put  about  the  benefits  which  Handel  conferred  on  the 
reputations  of  his  predecessors  by  appropriating  their  music,  loses  some  of  its  force 
if  we  remember  that  these  appropriations  were  invariably  made  without  acknow- 
ledgment, jusi  as  in  Handel's  Fitzwilliam  extracts  the  name  of  the  composer  copied 
from  is  in  no  single  instance  recorded.  How  then  can  the  reputation  of  a 
predecessor  be  said  to  have  gained  by  the  credit  due  to  him  for  something  he 
had  written  having  been  absorbed  by  Handel  ?  No  doubt,  now  that  the  fact 
and  sources  of  these  appropriations  have  become  known,  an  historical  interest  is 
taken  in  composers  like  Urio  and  Habermann  which  is  wholly  due  to  the  use  made 
by  Handel  of  music  written  by  them.  But  this  interest  is  restricted  within  the 
narrow  circle  which  concerns  itself  with  musical  history,  where  these  composers' 
reputations  will  be  measured  by  the  intrinsic  value  of  their  works,  not  by  the  fact 
that  Handel  saw  fit  to  make  use  of  them.  To  the  bulk  of  the  music-loving  world 
the  very  names  of  Stradella,  Clari,  Muffat  and  the  rest  are  unknown  and  likely  to 
remain  so. 

If,  however,  it  be  asked  what  has  been  the  effect  of  Handel's  action,  not  on  the 
reputations  but  on  the  musical  ideas,  of  the  composers  from  whose  works  he 
borrowed,  the  answer  given  must  be  a  very  different  one.  Even  when  he  merely  took 
over  matter  substantially  unchanged,  he  first  gave  it  a  fresh  hearing  under,  in  most 
cases,  greatly  improved  conditions  of  performance,  and  then,  by  leaving  it  embodied 
in  his  own  scores,  bequeathed  to  it  further  opportunities  of  being  heard.  But  in 
the  much  more  numerous  instances  where  he  subjected  what  he  had  borrowed  to  a 
process  of  reconstruction,  he  was  able  to  breathe  a  new  life  into  it  and,  by  working 
it  up  into  one  or  other  of  his  most  inspired  efforts,  seems  to  have  even  secured — 
as  far  as  this  is  humanly  attainable — that  it  should  be  "  had  in  everlasting  remem- 
brance." 

That  the  musical  world  is  the   richer  for  the  way  in   which   Handel   used 

1  This  remark  is  of  course  made  on  the  assumption  that  Erba  composed  the  Miujnijical,  winch  is 
the  view  here  taken  for  granted  by  Mr.  Balfour. 


188  CONCLUSION 

thematic  materials  due  to  his  predecessors  and  his  contemporaries  can  hardly  be 
doubted,  Surely,  however,  he  could  equally  well  have  conferred  that  boon  if  he 
had  openly  acknowledged  his  obligations  to  other  composers.  But,  as  matters 
stand,  the  fact  remains  that  he  accepted,  indeed  practically  claimed,  merit  for  what 
he  must  have  known  was  not  his  own  work.  That  this  was  wrong  can,  it  appears 
to  me,  be  denied  by  those  only  who  are  prepared  to  estimate  the  morality  of  an  act 
according  to  the  amount  of  genius  shown  in  performing  it. 


APPENDIX. 

LIST   OF   WORKS   BY    HANDEL   QUOTED    FROM    IN   THIS   VOLUME 

LIST    OF   COMPOSERS,    INSTANCES    OF    THE    USE    OF   WHOSE    WORKS 
BY    HANDEL   ARE   QUOTED   IN   THIS   VOLUME 

LIST   OF   EXAMPLES 


APPENDIX  191 


LIST   OF   WORKS  BY   HANDEL   QUOTED   FROM 
IN  THIS   VOLUME. 

EXAMPLES         PACK 

Agrippina         ........  48 

Alexander's  Feast    .......  20 

Chandos  Anthem     .......  33 

Dettingen  Te  Deum 37       121 

Dixit  Dominus        .......  32 

Giustino 18,  19 

Israel  in  Egypt       .......  2G — 43 

Italian  duets 21—25 

Jephtha 10—16 

Joshua 8 

Laudate  pueri          .......  45 

Messiah 21—25 

Ode  for  St  Cecilia's  Day         .....  5,  6 

Organ-fugues  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .  26,  29 

Resurrezione 47 

Rodrigo    .........  46 

Samson    .........  9 

Theodora 7,  17 

Triumph  of  Time  and  Truth 49 


192  APPENDIX 


LIST  OF  COMPOSERS,  INSTANCES  OF  THE  USE  OF 
WHOSE  WORKS  BY  HANDEL  ARE  QUOTED  IN 
THIS  VOLUME. 


EXAMPLES 

Clari 17 

Graun 18 — 20 

Habermann .     10 16 

Keiser          ... 45—48 

Kerl 31 

Lotti  ..........  49 

Muffat i_9 

Stradella 27,  28,  30,  34  [43?] 

Urio    ....  37 


APPENDIX  193 


LIST   OF   EXAMPLES. 

EXAMPLE  PAGES 

1.  Handel,  autograph  extract  from  Muffat,  Prelude    .....  2 

2.  ,,  ,,  ,,  Allemande        ....  3 

3.  Same  continued       ...........  4 

4.  Handel,  autograph  extract  from  Muffat,   Ouverture         ....  5 

5.  Handel,  Recitative  in  Ode  for  St  Cecilia's  Day — Muffat,  Adagio  .          .  6 — 8 

6.  Handel,  instrumental  movements  in  same — Muffat,  Fantaisie          .         .  8,   9 

7.  Handel,   Trio  in  overture  to  Theodora — Muffat,   Trio     ....  10—12 

8.  Handel,  March  in  Joshua — Muffat,  Rigaudon          .          .          .          .          .  12,   13 

9.  Handel,  Allegro  in  overture  to  Samson — Muffat,   Fantaisie     ...  14 

10.  Handel,   Chorus    "No   more  to  Ammon's   god"    (Jephtha) — Habermann, 

Chorus 15—19 

11.  Handel,  Symphony  to  song  "His  mighty  arm"  (Jephtha) — Habermann, 

Prelude 20,  21 

12.  Handel,  Chorus  "O  God,  behold"  (Jephlha) — Habermann,  Chorus  "Qui 

tollis" 21,  22 

13.  Handel,     Chorus     "Theme    sublime"     (Jephtha)  —  Habermann,     Chorus 

"  Osanna  "  with  Handel  autograph  copy  ......  23 

14.  Handel,    Chorus  "  Chemosh    no    more"    (Jephtha) — Habermann,    Chorus 

"Cum  sancto"  with  Handel  autograph  copy     .....      23,   24 

15.  Handel,  Symphony  to  song  "Hide  thou"  (Jephtha) — Habermann,  prelude      24,   25 

16.  Handel,  Symphony  to  song  "Pour  forth  no  more"  (Jephtha) — Habermann, 

prelude 25—27 

17.  Handel,  Chorus  "Come  mighty  Father"  (Theodora)—  Clari,  duet  .         .      29,  30 

18.  Handel,  Symphony  to  song  " Nacque  al  bosco"  (Giustino) — Graun,  prelude 

with  Handel  autograph  copy     ........ 

19.  Handel,   Symphony  to   song   "  DalV  occaso"  (Giustino) — Graun,   pi-elude 

with  Handel  autograph  copy     ........ 

20.  Handel,    fugue-subject    (Alexander's    Feast) — Graun,    fugue-subject    with 

Handel  autograph  copy     ......... 

21.  Handel,  (Messiah)  Chorus  "And  He  shall  purify" — Italian  duets,  "L'  oc- 

caso ha"   . 

22.  Handel,  (Messiah)  Chorus  "For  unto  us" — Italian  duets  "No,  di  voi"     38—40 

23.  Handel,  (Messiah)  Chorus  "His  yoke  is  easy  "—Italian  duets  "Quelfior"      41,  42 

24.  Handel,  (Messiah)  Chorus  "All  we  like  sheep" — Italian  duets  "  So  per 

prova"       ............     42 — 44 

25.  Handel,  (Messiah)  Duet  "O  death"  and  Chorus  "But  thanks" — Italian 

duets  "  Se  tu  non  lasci  "......-...      45,  46 


194  APPENDIX 

KXAMl'LK  PAGES 

26.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt]  Chorus  "They  loathed  to  drink" — Handel, 

Organ-fugue  ...........  48 — 52 

27.  Handel,   (Israel  in  Egypt)   Chorus  "He  spake   the  word" — Stradella, 

Serenata         ...........  54 — 67 

28.  Handel,     (Israel    in    Egypt]    Chorus    "He   gave    them    hailstones "- 

Stradella,  Serenata          .........  69 — 71 

29.  Handel,   (Israel  in  Egypt)    Chorus    "He   smote   all  the    first-born "- 

Handel,  Organ-fugue      .........  72,  73 

30.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt)  Chorus  "But  as  for  His  people"— Stradella, 

Serenata         ...........  73 — 75 

31.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt)  Chorus  "Egypt  was  glad" — Kerl,  Canzona    .  76 — 81 

32.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt)  Chorus  "He  led  them  "—Handel,  Psalm  ex  .  82—84 

33.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt]  Chorus  "  But  the  waters  " — Handel,  Chandos 

Anthem          .                   84—86 

34.  Handel,    (Israel    in    Egypt]    Chorus    "And    believed    the    Lord"  — 

Stradella,  Serenata         .........  87 — 89 

35.  Handel,    (Israel   in    Egypt]    Duet    "The    Lord    is    my    strength" 

Magnificat,  Duet  ..........  93 — 113 

36.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt]  Chorus  "He  is  my  God" — Magnificat,  Chorus  114 — 116 

37.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt]  Duet  "The  Lord  is  a  man  of  war" — Mag- 

nificat, Duet          ..........  117 — -136 

and  Urio  prelude 117,   118 

38.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt]  Chorus  "  The  depths  have  covered  them  " — 

Magnificat,   Chorus         .........  137 — 141 

39.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Kgypt]  Chorus  "Thy  right  hand" — Magnificat,  Chorus  142 — 148 

40.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt]  Chorus  "  And  with  the  blast " — Magnificat, 

Chorus H9—154 

41.  Handel,  (Israel   in   Egypt]    Chorus    "The    earth    swallowed    them" — 

Magnificat,   Chorus          .........  155 

42.  Handel,   (Israel  in  Egypt]  Duet  "Thou  in    Thy  mercy" — Magnificat, 

Duet     .         .                  155—162 

43.  Handel,  (Israel  in  Egypt]  Chorus  "The  people  shall  hear  "—Stradella, 

Serenata         ...........  163 

44.  J.  S.   Bach,  Arias  in  Christmas  Oratorio  and  Choice  of  Hercules        .  164 

45.  Handel,  Aria  in  "  Laudate  pueri" — Keiser,  Aria  in  Octavia       .         .  168,   169 

46.  Handel,  Symphony  in  Rodrigo— Keiser,  Symphony  in  Octavia   .         .  169,   170 

47.  Handel,  Aria  in  La  Resurrezione — Keiser,   Symphony  in  Octavia        .  170,   171 

48.  Handel,  Symphony  in  Agrippina— Keiser,  Symphony  in  Octavia        .  171 

49.  Handel,  Chorus  in  Triumph  of  Time  and  Truth— Lotti,  Chorus  in  a 

Mass      .  179—182 


INDEX. 


Academy  of  Ancient  Music,  The,  publish 
their  correspondence  with  Lotti  on  the 
charge  of  plagiarism  made  against  him  by 
Buononcim,  p.  176. 

Accentuation,  false,  pp.  148,  155. 

Bach,  J.  S.,  his  Christmas  Oratorio  and  Choice 

of  Hercules  quoted  from,  Ex.  44. 
Bacon,    Richard   Mackenzie,    Editor    of    the 

Quarterly  Musical  Review,  p.  x. 
Balfour,    The   Right    Hon.    A.   J.,   M.P.,   on 

the  character  of  Handel's  appropriations, 

pp.  184—186. 
Buononcini,  Giovanni  Baptista,  accuses  Lotti 

of  plagiarism,  p.  173. 

-  his  attitude  in  the  Lotti  controversy, 

pp.  173,  174. 

forced  to  quit  England,  as  the  result 

of  it,  p.  176. 

Burney,  Dr  Charles,  on  Handel's  originality, 
p.  x. 

Chrysander,  Dr  Friedrich,  his  edition  of 
Handel  Sources,  p.  xii. 

his   view   of    the   object  of    Handel's 

appropriations,  p.  184. 

-  his  opinion  that  these  appropriations 

were     known     to      Handel's     con- 
temporaries, p.  177  note. 
Clari,  Giovanni  Carlo  Maria,  vocal  duets  by 
him  used  by  Handel  in  Theodora,  pp.  28 — 30. 
Crotch,  Dr  William,  his  researches  on  Handel's 
sources,  p.  xi. 

'  Del,1  proved  capable  of  indicating  authorship, 
p.  90. 

Erba,  Dionigi,  regarded  by  Chrysander  as  the 
author  of  the  disputed  Magnificat,  p.  91. 

Fitzwilliam  Museum,  Cambridge,  Handel 
autographs  preserved  there,  pp.  xii — xiii. 

Graun,  Karl  Heinrich,  appropriation  of  two 
choruses  and  other  materials  of  his  in 
Handel's  Trionfo  del  Tempo  and  elsewhere, 
pp.  32 — 35. 


Habermann,  Franz  Johann,  portions  of  five 
masses  composed  by  him  used  by  Handel 
in  Jephtha,  pp.  17 — 27. 
Hamburg,  Handel's  time  at,  pp.  166,  167. 

—  operas  composed  there  by  him,  p.  167. 
Handel,  his  complete  originality  asserted  in 
unqualified  terms  by  Hawkins,  Mainwaring 
and  Horsley,  and,  with  some  reservation, 
by  Burney,  pp.  ix,  x. 

-  charged  by  Salomon  with  despoiling 
continental  composers,  and  by 
Samuel  Wesley  with  wholesale 
pilfering,  p.  xi. 

stated  by  Crotch   to  have  quoted  or 

copied  the  works  of  more  than 
twenty-nine  specified  composers, 
p.  xi. 

—  editions  of  works  which  he  had  used 

as  sources  published  by  Chrysander 
and  Seiffert,  p.  xii. 

—  shown  by  the  evidence   of  the   Fitz- 

william autographs  to  have  been 
acquainted  with  Muffat's  '  Componi- 
menti,'  pp.  1 — 5 :  instances  of  his 
indebtedness  to  that  work,  pp.  6 — 14. 

shown  to  have  borrowed  largely  from 

masses  by  Habermann  :  instances  of 
his  indebtedness  to  them,  pp.  15- — 27. 

instance  of  his  indebtedness  to  a  duet 

by  Clari,  pp.  28—30. 

—  shown   by  the   evidence  of  the   Fitz- 

william autographs  to  have  appro- 
priated t\vo  entire  choruses,  and 
other  smaller  portions,  from  a  work 
by  Graun,  pp.  31 — 33  :  instances  of 
these  latter  appropriations,  pp.  34, 35. 

his  use  in  the  Messiah  of  compositions 

of  his  own  previously  set  to  secular 
Italian  words,  pp.  36 — 46. 

his  indebtedness  in  Israel  in  Egypt, 

Part  I,  to  a  Serenata  by  Stradella, 
pp.  1,  54—67,  69—71,  73—75,  87— 
89  ;  and  to  an  organ-piece  by  Kerl, 
pp.  76—81. 

his  xise  in  Israel  in  Egypt,  Part  II,  of 

a  Magnificat,  which  may,  or  may  not, 
be  an  earlier  composition  of  his  own, 


196 


INDEX 


pp.  90—  1G2,  and  of  an  instrumental 
prelude  by  Urio,  pp.  117,  118. 
Handel,  his  use  in  Israel  in  .Egypt  of  earlier 
compositions  of  his  own,  pp.  48  —  52, 
72—73,  82—86. 

-  his    only    music-teacher,    Zachow,  p. 

166. 

-  his  musicianship  on  arriving  at  Ham- 

burg, pp.  166,  167. 

-  his  relations  with  Reiser,  p.  167. 

-  his    slight    borrowings    from    Keiser, 

pp.  168—171. 

-  chronology  of  his  principal  appropria- 

tions, ]>.  172. 

-  his  blindness,  p.  172. 

-  his  final  embodiment  of  a  chorus  by 

Lotti,  pp.  178—182. 

-  character,  object  and  moral  aspect  of 

his  appropriations,  pp.  183  —  188. 
Hawkins,    Sir    J.,    asserts    Handel's    entire 

originality,  p.  ix. 
Heinichen,  Johann  David,  his  view  of  what 

constitutes  plagiarism,  p.  177. 
Horsley,    William,   asserts    Handel's    entire 

originality,  p.  x. 
Hueffer,  the  late  Mr  F.,  describes  Handel  as 

carrying  on  a  system  of  "wholesale  plagiar- 

ism," p.  ix. 

'  Italian  duets,'  Handel's,  used  in  the  Messiah, 
pp.  36—46. 

Keiser,    Reinhard,    Handel's   relations   with, 

p.  167. 

-  Handel's  borrowings  from,  pp.  168  — 
171. 

Kerl,  Johann  Caspar,  a  canzona  of  his  for  the 
organ   turned  into  a  chorus   in    Israel    in 
t,  PP-  76—81. 


Lotti,  Antonio,  his  letters  to  the  Academy  of 

Ancient  Music,  pp.  173  —  175. 
—  a  chorus  of  his  appropriated  by  Handel, 
p.  178. 

Lunn,  the  late  Rev.  J.  R.,  his  share  in  bringing 
about  Professor  Prout's  discovery  in  the 
Fitzwilliam  Museum,  pp.  31,  32. 

Macfarren,  Mr  (afterwards  Professor  Sir)  G. 

A.,  his  opinion  that  Handel  wrote  the  dis- 

puted Magnificat,  p.  92. 
Magnificat,  work  the  authorship  of  which  is 

disputed,  very  extensively  used  in  Part  II 

of  Israel  in  Egypt,  pp.  90  —  92. 


Mainwaring,  John,  asserts  Handel's  entire 
originality,  p.  ix. 

Matheson,  Johann.  his  opinion  of  Handel's 
musicianship  before  his  connexion  with  the 
opera  at  Hamburg,  pp.  166,  167. 

Muffat,  Gottlieb, his "Componimenti Musicali," 
p.  1. 

-  II  andel's  indebtedness  to  him ,  pp.  6 — 14. 
Music,  not  in  itself  distinctively  '  sacred '  or 

'  secular,'  p.  165. 

Pepusch,  Dr  J.  C.,  personally  active  in  the 

exposure  of  Buononcini,  p.  176. 
Plagiarism,  how  regarded  in  the  eighteenth 

century,  p.  176. 
Pohl,  the  late  Mr  C.  F.,  his  article  on  Muffat, 

p.  1. 
Prout,  Professor,  his  recognition  of  Handel 

autographs  at  the  Fitzwilliam  Museum  as 

copies  made  from  a  work  by  Graun,  pp.  32, 

33. 
Publication,    effect   of,    on  musical  settings, 

p.  165. 

Rockstro,  Mr  W.  S.,  his  assertion  that  ''del' 
cannot  indicate  authorship,  p.  90. 

Salomon,  John  Peter,  describes  Handel's 
reputation  in  England  as  "  wholly  consti- 
tuted upon  the  spoils  of  the  Continent," 
p.  xi. 

Seiffert,  Dr  Max,  his  article  on  Handel's 
obligations  to  Habermann,  pp.  xii.  &  15 — 27. 

-  his  edition  of  Zachow's  works,  pp.  xii. 

and  167—171. 

-  hisopinionthatHandel'sappropriations 

were  known  to  his  contemporaries, 
p.  177. 

Stradella,  Alessandro,  a  Serenata  of  his  ex- 
tensively used  by  Handel  in  Israel  in  Egypt, 
pp.  53—67,  69—71,  73—75,  87—89. 

Trionfo  del  Tempo,  II,  earlier  version  of  The 
Triumph,  of  Time  and  Truth,  pp.  31—33. 

Urio,  Francesco  Antonio,  use  of  an  orchestral 
prelude  by  him  in  Israel  in  Eyi/pt,  pp.  1 1 7sqq. 

Wesley,  Samuel,  characterizes  Handel's  pro- 
cedure as  '  pilfering,'  p.  xi. 

Zachow,  Friedrich  Wilhelm,  Handel's  only 
teacher  in  music,  publication  by  Dr  Seiffert 
of  his  complete  works,  pp.  xii.  &  166. 


PRINTED  BY  JOHN  CLAY,  M.A.,  AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS,  CAMBRIDGE,  AND  HY  AIRD  AND  COGHILL,  LTD.,  GLASGOW. 


THIS  BOOK  MAY  BE  KEPT 

14  Days 

and  may  be  renewed  once. 

A  fine  of  3  cents  a  day  is  charged,  if  the  book 
if  kept  after  the  last  date  stamped  below.  No 
book  issued  while  a  fine  remains  unpaid. 

Two  books  may  be  taken  at  a  time,  only  one 
of  which  may  be  fiction. 

Books  cannot  be  exchanged  on  the  day  on 
which  they  are  drawn. 


\  I 


***&, 

*%* 
***^J*